Sie sind auf Seite 1von 264

C4 C24 SERIES

SERVICE MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.

2.

3.

ITEMS TO NOTE FOR INSTALLATION AND OPERATION-----------------------------------

[1] Installation Environment


[2] Power Supply
[3] Operational Care
LEVEUNG ADJUSTMENT..................................
[1] Checking Leveling Points
[2] Leveling Adjustment Procedure PAPER FEEDER SECTION ADJUSTMENT (C48SF C248E-SF C248L-SF)---------

[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]

5
5
6
7

Feeder Section Drive Chain Tension Adjustment------------------------Feeder Head Drive Chain Tension Adjustment--------------------------Paper Table Elevator Motor Chain Tension Adjustment....................
Feeder Head Mounting Position
Feeder Head Height Assembly Standard..........................................
Paper Table Elevator Drive Section Brake Adjustment.....................
Paper Table Elevator Drive Crank Timing Adjustment-----------------Paper Table Elevator Clutch Mechanism Adjustment.....
Paper Table Elevator Height Detector Adjustment----------------------Paper Table Height Detector Upper Limit Switch Adjustment--------Paper Table Height Detector Lower Limit Switch Adjustment--------Paper Table (Paper Stack) Upper Limit Detector Lever AdjustmentPaper Table (Paper Pile) Height Sensor Adjustment-------------------Adjusting the Front Stopper Travel Path and Vertical------------------Adjusting the Sucker Angle................................................................
Adjusting Advance Timing of Front Stopper and Sucker
Adjusting Suction and Blower Power of the Air Pump.......................
Adjusting Feeder Head Suction (Vacuum) Timing
Adjusting Pullout Roller.................................
Adjusting Detector (Double Sheet)....................................................
Timing of Feeder Unit Against Main Unit...........................................
Feeder Units Timing Table............

11
12
12
12
13
13
13

4. PAPER FEEDER SECTION ADJUSTMENT (C48SF C248E C248L)-

18

[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]

Securing Vertical Guides------------------------------------------------------Adjusting Double Sheet Detector.......................................


Setting Sheet Separators------------------------------------------------------Adjusting Front Blower and Side Blower...........................
Adjusting Suction Foot Height..
Adjusting Suction Foot Clearance-------------------------------------------Adjusting Suction Timing Valve...................
Adjusting Parallelism of Pullout Roller...............................................
Adjusting Paper Lifting and Stopping Positions--------------------------Adjusting Feeder Unit Timing to the First Unit...................................

8
8
9

14
15
16

18
19
21
23
23
26

5.

ADJUSTING FIRST UNIT------------------------------[1]


[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]

6.

Timing Table------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Adjusting Around Fingers of Each Cylinder.............................


Adjusting Finger Opening/Closing of Cylinder Fingers....................................
Adjusting Feed Roller......................................................................................
Adjusting Side Register.........................................................................
Adjusting Plate and Printing Pressure Mechanism (C48)........
Adjusting Plate and Printing Pressure Mechanism (C248 1P)------------------Adjusting Plate and Printing Pressure Mechanism (C248 2P).......................
Cylinder Gaps: Standards and Adjustment (C48, C248)..................................

ADJUSTING PAPER DELIVERY UNIT..................


[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]

27
27
29
30 _
33
35
40
45
49
51

51
Adjusting Chain Tension---------------------------------------------------------------------51
Adjusting CD Bar Grip Arm-----------------------------------------------------------------52
Adjusting Transfer from Compression Cylinder to CD Bar-------------------------52
Adjusting Delivery Section Paper Guide Timing..............................................
Adjusting Delivery Section Paper Guide and Drive Plate Cam....................... ---53
53
Adjusting Delivery Section End Stopper..................................................
53
Adjusting Delivery Section Plunger Sensor.....................................................
54
Adjusting Delivery Table Lowering Function--------------------------------------------

7.

ADJUSTMENT OF INKING SECTION CRANK (ASSEMBLY STANDARD)----------

55

8.

ADJUSTMENT AROUND SINGLE LEVER FINGER----------------------------------------

57

Adjustment Around Single Lever Finger------------------------------------------------Adjustment of Single Lever Positioning Cam-------------------------------------------

57
58

ADJUSTMENT OF INKING SECTION----------------------------------------------------------

59

[1]
[2]
9.

[1]
[2]

Adjustment of Inking Fountain Roller Brake--------------------------------------------Adjusting Contact Pressure of Ink Ductor Roller Against First Oscillation Roller- -

59
59

Adjusting the Timing of Swaying Motion of Ductor Roller--------------------------Adjusting Inking Ductor Stopper Unit...............................................................
Adjusting the Shaft Retainer Spring of the Idler Roller------------------------------Adjusting Contact Pressure Between Inking Roller and Oscillation Roller.......
Adjusting Contact Pressure Between Inking Roller and Plate Surface----------

60
61
63
63
64

10. ADJUSTMENTS OF DAMPENING SECTION (WATERMATIC SYSTEM)------------

66

Structure and Functions---------------------------------------------------------------------Adjustments.....................................................................................................

66
68

[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]

[1]
[2]

11. ADJUSTING DAMPENING SECTION (MOLLETON SYSTEM).............................. .....70


[1]
[2]

Adjusting Rocking Motion of Ductor Roller......................................................


Adjusting Ductor Roller Swaying Motion Stop Mechanism..............................

70
71

12. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................................


[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]

72

Electrical Specifications for C48, C48SF, C248 and C248SF-------------------------72


Frequency Changes--------------------------------------------........................................
Voltage Changes..........................................................................
.........................
Timing Switches and Reference Angles...............................................................
73
Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C248) .....
-------------------------------Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C248SF)..........................................
87
Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C48)................................................. 100
Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C48SF)..........
----------------------------- 113

1. ITEMS TO NOTE FOR INSTALLATION AND OPERATION


[1]

Installation Environment
The installation location and its environment will greatly influence the productivity of the press and
the quality of the printed output. Please keep the following points in mind when selecting the
location for installation.
CD

Avoid direct sunlight. If the press is used for any extended period under direct sunlight, it may
cause the following:

Dampening solution can run low and may cause toning problems.

Ink may get too soft, causing characters and thin lines to thicken.

m Avoid dust or vibration. If the press is operated for extended period at a location where dust is
present or where the floor vibrates, it may cause the following:

Dust sticks to the ink, plate surface, and blanket cylinder causing uneven printing surface.

When dust adheres to machine parts, it can cause machines to malfunction.

When the machine vibrates, it may cause an irregular supply of the dampening solution and ink,
as well as inconsistent cylinder pressure of plate cylinder, blanket cylinder, and impression
cylinder. This in turn may result in pool print quality and malfunction of machine parts.

m Avoid extremes in temperature or humidity. Operating for extended hours under these conditions
may cause the following:

For some quality of paper stock, paper feed and/or paper delivery may be interrupted.

Ink may become too soft or too hard, leading to poor print quality.

The ideal operating conditions are:


Temperature
18C 25C
Humidity
50% 60%

Do not place the press too close to air vents of air conditioning units. Extended operation under
this condition may cause the following:

The paper quality may deteriorate, causing errors in paper feed and/or delivery.

The dampening solution supply may become uneven and cause poor printing quality.

m Provide at least 50 cm of working space on the NOP-side of the press machine. This working
space is needed for daily maintenance and repairs.

[2]

Power Supply
Supply voltage and current must meet the following requirements:

[3]

Supply voltage must not vary more than 10% of the rated voltage.

Current consumption for each of the series are as follows:


C48 series............ 13 A
C248 series.......... 16 A

Operational Care
[Caution] Make sure that the following items are understood by the user at the time of installation:
Never operate with covers or protectors removed.
Do not modify any installed parts designated as safety devices.
When using inching switches to clean various press parts, make sure your finger
is off the switch and the rotation is completed before cleaning.
If more than one operator is operating the pres% make sure to signal the others and
wait for clear response before starting the press.
Turn off the power before inspecting electric circuits.
When starting up the press, use inching operation to check for irregular rotations.
Be sure to oil the specified moving parts.
After the end of operations, clean the parts as specified in the maintenance guideline.

2. LEVELING ADJUSTMENT
Leveling must be adjusted carefully to assure proper operation and extended life of the press.
[1]

Checking Leveling Points


C248E
C248L

Ink fountain rollers


cC

2 44 88 sS FF Ink fountain rollers

el
A

B
Suction foot shaft

Single revolution shaft

Ink

fountain roller
Ink
fountain roller
Jack bolt
Locknut

[Note] Jack bolt D is


included. Attach it at
the time of installation.
Details of jack bolt at A, B, and C in the diagram
above.

Base
metal

[2]

Leveling Adjustment Procedure


(1) As indicated in the diagrams, leveling check points are: ink fountains and suction foot shafts
(C48) or single revolution shafts (C48-SF). Place levels at these points for checking.
[Note] Use level with 2/100 mm precision. Error should be within 1 of graduation.

(2) Adjust levels by jack bolts at points A and B (total of 4 locations including ones on NOPside). After the jack bolts at A and B are tightened, place jack bolts at C and D so that
they just touch the floor.
(3)

Leveling adjustment steps:


m Place the metal base under the jack
bolt:

C248E, C248L
A, B, C Total of 6 locations
C248ESF, C248LSF A, B, C Total of 6 locations
(D is attached to the main unit)
C48
A, B Total of 4 locations
C48SF
A, B Total of 4 locations
(D is attached to the main unit)
m Tighten the jack bolt until the head section of the machine
is approximately 5-10 mm above the floor.
m Place a level on the ink fountain roller and suction foot
shaft (C48) or on the single revolution shaft (C48SF) as
shown. Turn the jack bolts to achieve leveling.
To achieve leveling, adjust jack bolts at points A and B (total of 4
locations including ones on NOP-side). As for C and D, tighten
these bolts just enough so that base metals are just touching the
floor after A and B are secured.

When level is obtained, securely tighten locknuts


of the jack bolts.
[Note] After the locknuts are tightened,
verify that there is no play at each
base metal.
Also, place the level once again at
check points for a final check.

Bracket for feeder table


elevetor chain sprocket

[Note] Before turning the power ON, please do the following: (C48SF, C248E-SF, C248L-SF)
At the time of shipping, the bracket for the feeder table elevator chain sprocket is mounted facing up.
Please remove it and remount it as shown in the illustration before operation.

3. PAPER FEEDER SECTION ADJUSTMENT


(C48SF, C248E-SF, C248L-SF)
[1]

Feeder Section Drive Chain Tension Adjustment

Cap bolt

Tightener rod
Chain
Tightener

[Notes]

The chain
tension is
adjusted
by moving
the
tightener
rod
vertically.

Loosen
the cap
bolt and
move the
tightener
rod up to
increase
the chain tension; move
down to decrease the
tension.

Proper tension:
Tension is too weak if the
chain sags while stopped.
The tension is too strong if
the chain is pulling the
sprocket wheel while
operating. Thus, the tension

is proper if there is no sag


while stopped, and the
chain goes around the
0

sprocket wheel smoothly


when operating.

If the chain tension is too weak, the feeder head does not
rotate smoothly, causing vibration and noise. This could
also result in paper feeding errors.

mIf the chain tension is too strong, chain section would emit
grinding noise and would shorten the life span of the
chain.
[2] Feeder Head Drive Chain Tension Adjustment

Adjust the chain tension by


turning the eccentric pin as
shown.

Loosen the cap bolt inside the frame.


Turn the eccentric pin counterclockwise
to increase the tension; clockwise to
decrease.

Proper tension:
Tension is too weak if the chain sags while
stopped. The tension is too strong if the
chain is pulling the sprocket wheel while
operating. Thus, the tension is proper if
there is no sag while stopped, and the chain
goes around the sprocket wheel smoothly
when operating.

[Notes]
m If the chain tension is too weak, the feeder
head does not rotate smoothly, causing
vibration and noise. This could also result in
paper feeding errors.
m If the chain tension is too strong, chain
section would emit grinding noise and would
shorten the life span of the chain.

131 Paper Table Elevator Motor Chain Tension Adjustment

Adjust the chain tension by moving the motor.

Loosen the cap bolt. Move the motor up to decrease tension, move down to increase tension.

Proper tension:
Tension is too weak if the chain sags while stopped. The tension is too strong if the chain is pulling the
sprocket wheel while operating. Thus, the tension is proper if there is no sag while stopped, and the
chain goes around the sprocket wheel
smoothly when operating.

[4] Feeder Head Mounting Position


Hollow set bolts

Collar

Head guide rail HOPside frame

[5] Feeder Head Height Assembly


Standard

Height control knob

Guide rail indicator line


Bracket

Height graduation

The mounting position of the paper


feeder head is determined by
positioning the head guide rail at the
position 333.5 mm from the inside of
the NOP-side frame.

Secure the guide rail by tightening


the hollow set bolts of the collars on
either side of bracket.

The feeder head should be assembled


so that the "0" of the indicator scale is
at 24 mm from the top end of the slot
opening.
The head height is adjusted by turning
the control knob to raise or lower the
guide rail.
Turn the control knob clockwise to
raise the head; counterclockwise to
lower it.
[6] Paper Table Elevator Drive Section
Brake Adjustment
(This adjustment is needed to prevent the
motor from spinning free during paper
table vertical
operation.)

Paper table is raised o


suspending chain. T
worm gear, which m
through worm whee

The brake mechanis


right end of the wo

To increase braking p
the control bolt.
Control bolt
Brake

To adjust brake power


control bolt slightly.
motor switch on and
control bolt to a pos
applies just enough
motor from spinning
switch is turned OF

171 Paper Table Elevator Drive Crank Timing Adjustment

The
be
(6
the
is at

rod end should


pointing
straight down
o'clock
position) when
second blower
its lowest
position.

To

adjust, manually
advance
(forward) the
paper
feeder motor
until the second blower comes to its lowest position.
Stop the feeder motor. Loosen the crank securing
bolt and turn the crank until the rod end is pointing
straight down as shown. Fasten the crank to the
crank shaft in this position by tightening the securing
bolts.

[8] Paper Table Elevator Clutch Mechanism


Adjustment
(1) Adjusting lever against hook (gap A =1 mm) when
paper table stops rising.

Gap A between the lever and hook should


equal 1 mm when the second blower foot is
at its lowest position.

Adjust this gap by changing the length of the


rod end. Extend the length of the rod to
increase the gap; shorten to decrease.

(2) Adjusting hook against lever when paper table stops


rising

When the second blower foot is at its lowest


position, and the solenoid is ON, the gap
between lever and the hook should equal 1
mm as shown.

To adjust the gap, loosen the securing


screw of the solenoid, and then move
solenoid vertically.

(3)

Adjusting hook against lever (gap B s 1 mm) when paper table stops rising

(4)

When the second blower foot is at its lowest


position, and when solenoid is OFF, the Gap
B should equal 1 mm.

To adjust the gap, loosen the securing


screws and move the solenoid plunger
stopper vertically.

Adjusting gap between catch and ratchet wheel of paper table elevator unit
Catch

\ Ratchet wheel

The gap between the outer perimeter (tip of


tooth) of the ratchet wheel and the catch
should equal 1 mm when the solenoid for
paper table elevator is ON.

The gap adjustment is performed by


changing the length of the rod end.

Lengthen the rod end to increase the gap;


shorten to decrease.

[Notes] Verify the following after adjustments (1) (4):


0

When the paper table is being raised, the catch should be clearly separated from the ratchet
wheel.

After the feeder clutch is engaged, if the paper t able is at its low position, paper table
ratchet wheel must be driven by the catch and raise the paper table. The paper table should
stop rising when it reaches a preset height.

pi
(1)

Paper Table Elevator Height Detector Adjustment


Adjusting pull spring of paper table elevator height
detector

35=
Lever (A) \

The
length
of the
spring

(inside view of
OP-side
frame)

Lever (B)
Hollow set bolts
(Outside view of
NOP-side frame)

(between inside spring hooks) should equal 35 mm


when the solenoid (for ratchet catch ON/OFF) is
OFF.

same shaft

To adjust the length, loosen the hollow set bolt


for securing lever (located outside of NOP-side
frame). Hold the lever A while turning the shaft.
After verifying that the spring length is
35 mm, tighten the hollow set bolt of lever B.

(2) Adjusting grooved cam for paper feed table height limit
switch

When the paper


stack (paper table)
is at its low
position, and when
the paper table
elevator ratchet
catch ON/OFF
solenoid is ON, the
actuator of the limit
switch should
come into the
groove of the cam.

To adjust, loosen the


hollow set bolt for
securing the cam,
and then adjust the
phase of the cam.

[Note] Verify that when the


actuator of the limit
switch comes into
(3)

the cam groove, the


limit switch turns
OFF.

Adjusting limit switch for solenoid operation detection

When the solenoid is ON, the limit


switch operates cam movement.

To adjust, move the position of the


limit switch.

11

[10] Paper Table Height Detector Upper Limit Switch Adjustment


Limit switch

Adjust the length of the cap bolt from the


lever to 20 mm as shown.

The limit switch should be calibrated so that the


switch is activated when the gap between the tip
of the actuator and the main body of the limit
switch is approximately 0.3 - 0.5 mm.

Cap bolt
(Inside view of
NOPside feeder frame)

[11] Paper Table Height Detector Lower Limit Switch Adjustment

(Double pile structure)


With double pile structure, when the base board is
placed as specified, and when the paper table is
lowered, the hook should be positioned to meet the
base board from below. The limit switch is activated to
stop the descent.

Paper table (base board)

Adjust by repositioning the limit switch.

[12] Paper Table (Paper Stack) Upper Limit Detector Lever Adjustment

screw

I 2 I 3mm

Sensor

Hex bolt
Detector lever

Front stopper

Second blower foot


about 3
mm

Metal plate

When paper table is raised with a paper pile


on it, the table should come to a stop when

the tip of front stopper is approximately


If the paper feeder head is at its standard
height, the gap between the second blower
foot and the paper stack should be
approximately 3 mm when the second
blower foot is at its lowest position.

To adjust, loosen the hexagonal bolt securing the detector lever and
change the angle of the detector lever.

[13] Paper Table (Paper Pile) Height Sensor Adjustment

The
paper
Screw
table
elevator
Metal plate motor
should
Sensor
stop
when the
top of the
paper pile
Second blower loot
pushes
about 3
up
mm
against
the upper
limit
detector
lever. If the press is further operated, the paper
feeder unit rotates and the paper table is pushed
up further by ratchet drive mechanism until the
height sensor (shown) detects it and stops the
table. The ascent of the table should stop when the
paper pile is approximately 5 -10 mm from the tip
of the front stopper. To adjust, loosen the screw
securing the sensor and change the mounting
angle.

[14] Adjusting the Front Stopper Travel Path and


Vertical Position

The travel path and the vertical position of the front


stopper is adjusted using the front guide as the
reference. The plane of the front stopper should
match the extension of the plane of the front guide
surface.

To adjust the travel path of the front stopper, loosen


the cap bolt for securing the bracket, and rotate the
bracket in relation to the stay. To adjust the front
stopper in vertical position, bend the front stopper
so that the stopper is in the extension of the front
guide surface.

Adjust the angle so that the bottom surface of the


sucker is horizontal when the sucker is at its lowest
position. Make sure that the sucker height control
knob is set at the center of range.

Cap
Stay

Front stopper

Stopper bracket

Front guide

[15] Adjusting the Sucker Angle

Height control knob


Cap bolt
Bracket
lial!"
. 1 111.
H o r i z o n t a l )
_____________
.1111116

To adjust, loosen the cap bolt, and turn the bracket


on the supporting shaft.

[16] Adjusting Advance Timing of Front Stopper and Sucker

tip of
be

Timing cam
Hollow set bolt

This
the
on
of

When the
sucker is
starting its
First tape roller
advance, the
(NOP-S)
the front
2
stopper should
Front stopper
leaning
approximately
mm as shown.

ro

Cam follower

To adjust:
is adjusted by
cam mounted
the NOP-side
the first tape
roller. To
advance the

timing of the front stopper, turn the cam forward


(counterclockwise as seen from the OP-side); to slow the
timing, turn the cam in reverse direction (clockwise as seen
from the OP-side).

To verify:

Manually rotate the paper feeder unit forward until the position
where the sucker starts its advance. Place a ruler (scale) against
the front guide to verify that the tip of the front stopper is leaning
by 2 mm.
[17] Adjusting Suction and Blower Power of the Air Pump

Adjust the air pump power as follows:

Use inching switch to rotate the press and feeder until


the sucker is grabbing the paper and there is no blower
air from the first or second blower feet. Stop the press.

While watching the gauge, adjust the air power using the
control knob on top of the pump.

Standards:
Blower strength......... 0.5 kg
Sucker strength .......40 Cm Hg

[18] Adjusting Feeder Head Suction (Vacuum) Timing

Adjust
cam

Vacuum timing cam

off
edge
the

To
cam

the timing of the


so that the
sucker air is cut
when the front
of the paper
pushed by the
sucker reaches
pullout roller.
adjust, turn the
forward
(forward) to cut
the air or
backward

off

(counterclockwise) in relation to the rotation


direction.

Securing knob

Pressure control knob


Lever

Stay
Bracket
Pullout roller
First tape roller

T
h
e

[19] Adjusting
Pullout Roller

gap between
the bracket and
the
lever
should be 2
mm.
Then,
secure
the
bracket
with
the
pullout
roller touching
the first tape
roller.

To adjust the
gap between
the bracket and
the lever to 2
mm, turn the
pressure
control knob.

After the
bracket is

secured to the
stay, turn the
pressure
control knob to
fine adjust the
contact
pressure of the
pullout roller
against the first
tape roller.

[20] Adjusting
Detector (Double
Sheet)

Adjust the gap


underneath the
neck of control
knob and the
locknut to
approximately
5 mm. Then, let
the double
sheet detector
roller touch the
first tape roller
and secure the
bracket to the
stay.

To adjust the
pressure of the
detector roller,
the limit switch
should be ON
when three
sheets of paper
are inserted,
while it should
be OFF with two
sheets (11" x

Co
ntr
ol
kn
ob

Locknut
Lock bolt
Stay

Bracket
Double sheet
detector roller
First tape roller

17" or larger in
size).

[21] Timing of Feeder Unit Against Main Unit

Motor chain

nside NOP-aide frame

To adjust the timing of paper feed


against the main unit, adjust the angle
of sucker for the start of forward
motion. (Forward starting angle ... 25)

To adjust, adjust the sprocket wheel


located inside of NOP-side frame. To
speed up the timing of the feeder unit,
loosen the securing bolt and turn the
wheel in the direction of the arrow.

To verify:
The guide of the side register should start
rising when the front edge of the paper fed
by the feeder is approximately 25 mm past
the edge of the side register guide.
[Note] If the desired adjustment within the
range of the slotted hole cannot be
obtained, disengage the chain and
perform a timing adjustment. When re-

engaging the chain, position the


securing bolt at the center of the slotted
hole.

[22] Feeder Units Timing Table


Following table shows the timing with 0 defined as:
C48-SF: The position when the impression cylinder finger is closed.
C248-SF: The position where the transfer cylinder finger is closed.
Timing
Item
1 Vertical movement of second blower Start descending

235

Refer to
See figure
below

Start ascending

155

2 Front stopper

Start leaning

17

13

3 First blower, second blower

Start first blower

180

See figure
below

Start second blower

295

4 Suction timing of sucker


5 Feeder unit against main unit

Air is cut off when the front edge


of paper reaches pullout roller
25
Start forward
movement of sucker

See figure
below
15

Blower timing cam

Second blower vertical


timing cam

Vacuum sucker timing cam

NOPS

4. PAPER FEEDER SECTION ADJUSTMENT (C48C248EC248L)


[1] Securing Vertical Guides
The vertical guides (10, 11) should be locked in place
when lock lever (20) is in roller catcher (21), and the
vertical guides should move freely when not locked. To
adjust, loosen screw (46) and turn hexagonal bolt (13)
located on the back. Balance the horizontal tension at
the position where lock lever (20) is off the roller catcher
(21).
[Notes]
a) Secure the hexagonal bolts so that the eccentric
pins face each other.
b) The vertical guides and the sheet separator must
work together.

01

[2] Adjusting Double Sheet Detector


To obtain an accurate reading of paper thickness,
eliminate play of limit switch (16).
To adjust, loosen locknut (10), turn control knob (21)
clockwise until the double sheet escape solenoid is
activated. Then, turn counterclockwise to the position
where the solenoid no longer works. Tighten locknut
(10).
Cut two sheets approximately 25 30 mm wide from
the paper stock to be used. Turn ON the press and insert
the two sheets between the first feed roller and guide
roller (30). The two sheets should be staggered, with the
front edge of the second sheet following the first by
approximately 50 mm. The double sheet escape gate
should open only when the inserted sheets are
overlapping.
The gap between the two rollers is adjusted using knob (03). Turn knob (03) clockwise to
increase the gap; counterclockwise to decrease.

Adjusting the double sheet escape solenoid strokes


m The double sheet escape solenoid strokes
should be 9 10 mm as shown.
m To adjust, loosen the screws securing the
solenoid and reposition the solenoid.

1%
g

Holder groove
width
Sheet separator
width

[3]
Setting
Sheet
Separators
(This

Sheet separator

as
Front blower

(1)

adjustment
achieves the
correct paper
pile
height and
prevents
double
sheet
feeding.)

Sheet separator
should be set in
the groove cut
in holder *. As
shown in the illustration, position the sheet
separator at 1/3 of the height (H) of the groove
from the top edge of the opening.
The tip of sheet separator * should
protrude approximately 4 1 mm from
surface (A) of holder 0.

(2) Adjustment
m To adjust the height of sheet separator * in
the cut groove of holder 6, bend sheet
separator O.
e

To adjust the length of protrusion of sheet


separator tip beyond surface (A) of holder 0,
loosen bolt a) and reposition sheet separator
*.
[Note] Sheet separator should be centered
in the holder groove.

Double sheet
escape solenoid

Sheet separator

(This
adjustment
assures proper paper
handling and prevents
double sheet feeding.)
0 Position of the
center of front
blower holes
should line up
with sheet
separator as
shown.
e Position the side
blower height
as shown. (It
may be
necessary for
micro
adjustment
depending on
the thickness of
paper used.)

0
0
0

0
0

[4] Adjusting Front Blower and Side Blower

[51

Adjusting Suction Foot Height


(This adjustment assures that the suction foot
grabs paper correctly and feeds the paper
toward pullout roller properly.)

Upper pullout roller

(1) The gap between the bottom surface of the


suction foot and the perimeter of the lower
pullout roller should be 5 mm. (Use gap
gauge.)
(2) Adjustment

Lower pullout roller

CD Turn the press slowly to the position where

cam follower reaches the top position of the


suction foot. Stop the press.
Loosen the locknut, and turn the eccentric
pin to adjust. Turn eccentric pin clockwise to
raise the suction foot; counterclockwise to
lower.

Suction foot vertical cam

-F

Cam follower

(Cam rotational direction


Suction foot upward
' movement completion point
Suction
foot
(escape)
. .upper limit point

Cam follower

[6] Adjusting Suction Foot Clearance


(This adjustment assures that the
suction foot grabs paper correctly
and feeds the paper toward pullout
roller properly.)
(1) When the suction foot is at its
lowest position, the gap
between the surface of the
sheet separator bracket and the
perimeter of the suction foot
should be 8.5 mm 9.5 mm.
(Use gauge)

Suction foot
f

84
9.5 mm
use
gauge)
Sheet separator bracket

(2) Adjustment
0 Manually rotate the press until
the suction foot is at its lowest
position (i.e. where the
cam follower is at lower limit of
cam).

e Loosen the locknut, turn the

eccentric pin to adjust the gap


between the perimeter of
suction foot and sheet
separator bracket. Turn
eccentric pin clockwise to
decrease the gap;
counterclockwise to increase.

[Note] If the required gap (8.5


9.5) cannot be obtained
by adjusting the eccentric
pin, temporarily secure the
eccentric pin at the center
position of adjustment

Locknut
Camfollower
Eccentric pin

range. Then, loosen the


set bolt shown, adjust the
angle of lever against the
suction foot mounting
shaft, and finally microadjust the gap with an
eccentric pin.

Lever

[7] Adjusting Suction Timing Valve


(This adjustment assures that the suction foot grabs paper when coming down, and that
the paper is released when its front edge reaches the pullout roller.)
(1) Adjusting gap (0.5) between cam follower 0 and suction timing cam 0:
T. Turn the press manually until the low position of suction timing cam 0 is at the
cam follower 0.
e

Loosen the locknut, and turn the eccentric pin to adjust. Turn eccentric pin clockwise to
make the gap between cam and cam follower is narrower. Turn eccentric pin
counterclockwise to make the gap between cam and cam follower is wider. Gap should
be 0.5mm as standard.

(2) Adjusting valve opening/closing timing:


CD Operate the press manually to allow suction foot to grab the paper, and adjust the timing so

that the suction foot air is cut off at the exact moment the front edge of the paper is grabbed
by the pullout roller.

To adjust, loosen bolt 0 and turn suction timing cam 0. Turn clockwise to speed up air
cutoff timing; counterclockwise to slow down.

(3) Adjusting gap between pin and hook to 0 mm:


When cam follower is at a high position of suction foot timing cam, the cam follower opens
the valve. When the solenoid is ON, press on plunger, adjust the gap between the pin and
hook to 0 mm.
e

To adjust, move the position of the solenoid.

OQ Suction foot vertical cam

gap 0.5mm

Eccentric pin

Cam follower
0 Suction timing cam

Suction foot clearance cam

To adjust the timing of the height control cam, check the vertical timing of the suction foot by manually
Before suction foot moves up, height
turning hand crank. Check the timing so that the height
control bar should start to rise 3 5
control bar starts to rise before the suction foot does.
mm in advance
(Check this during paper feed cycle.)

Height control bar

[8]

Adjusting Parallelism of Pullout Roller


Adjust the parallelism of upper pullout roller and lower pullout roller as follows:
Prepare two strips of paper approximately 2 3 cm wide. Insert them between upper pullout
roller and lower pullout roller, at both ends of rollers. Pull on the strips of paper to check that
the contact pressure is the same on OP-side and NOP-side.

Detent pawl

Ratchet pawl
drive lever

1.5mmgap

OP S

[9]

Adjusting Paper Lifting and Stopping Positions

(1) When the feeder operating lever comes closest to ratchet pawl drive lever (i.e. when it is
pulled in the most by A link), the gap between the detent pawl and ratchet pawl drive lever
should be 1.5 mm - 2 mm.

(2) To adjust, loosen locknut behind eccentric bolt (A) and turn the eccentric bolt (A). Adjust to
the position where turning counterclockwise widens the gap.

Detent pawl
Ratchet
pawl drive
1.5 mm gap

When the eccentric pin comes closest to detent pawl (i.e.


when it is pushed by link most), the gap between the
detent pawl and ratchet pawl drive lever should be 1.5
mm. To adjust, loosen locknut of eccentric pin B, and turn

eccentric pin B. Adjust to the position where turning


counterclockwise widens the gap.

Double sheet escape gate recovery lever pin should be


released each time using hook.

[101 Adjusting Feeder Unit Timing to the First Unit

The paper feeding timing to the first unit should be as follows:


If paper is continuously fed, when the trailing edge of the preceding paper reaches the bump
surface of the front stopper, the distance between leading edge of the next paper should be
approximately 35 mm as shown below (when using largest size paper 365 mm). The angle of
the timing should be approximately 220 when the leading edge of a single sheet of paper fed
reaches the front stopper.
About 35 mm

Leading paper
Trailing paper

It is convenient to mark the point on


the table where the leading paper hits
front stopper

Front stopper

Adjustment
To adjust the feeder timing to the first unit, loosen
securing the three cap bolts of sprocket inside
the NOP-side frame. Before loosening these
screws, make matching marks on both
sprocket and hub.

26

5. ADJUSTING FIRST UNIT


Ill

Timing Table
Al

ks

ea

0 O e
0
O.

1 111

00
Impressio
n cylinder

First transfer cylinder

C48
41
impression *owe

em

Ile V"

1110

Tap AO

0114Pak

cylinder

Second transfer cylinder

C248

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
2
3
4
5

C48
Item
Close impression cylinder finger
Open impression cylinder finger
Close CD bar finger
Side register pull start
Side register roller raise
Start upper feed roller feed
Front edge of paper reaches impression cylinder stopper
Single lever sensor ON

C248
Item
Close first transfer cylinder finger
Open first transfer cylinder finger
Close second transfer cylinder finger
Open second transfer cylinder finger
Close impression cylinder (double diameter cylinder) finger

Angle
0 (Reference)
158-159
157-158
284
328
330
350-352
350

Angle
0 (Reference)
116-117
115-116
345-346
344-345

vo > ,..N414Y1.10 PP? 15

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Open impression cylinder (double diameter cylinder) finger


Close CD bar finger
Start side register pull
Raise side register roller
Start upper feed roller feed
Front edge of paper reaches first transfer cylinder stopper
Single lever sensor ON (1P)
Single lever sensor ON (2P)

165.5-166.5
164.5-165.5
285
328
330
350-352
216-226
254-264

[2]

Adjusting Around Fingers of Each Cylinder


(1)
Cap bolt
Hollow set bolt
Finger
ed'' 1110.11,`
He x nu t 11) " T v
;

1161 t#
Hex bolt

Adjusting the strength of spring A on finger


unit

Anvil

Strength of spring A is adjusted by the gap


between the finger and bracket to 6 mm.

To adjust, loosen the cap bolt securing


bracket, and turn hollow set bolt.
Loosen
hollow set bolt to widen the gap; tighten to
narrow.

Spring (A)
,Bracket

(2) Adjusting finger pressure


against anvil

Lever

Loosen the cap bolt, turn


finger bracket facing the
shaft to make finger
pressures uniform.

To verify:
Allow each finger grip paper
strip (1215 mm wide) of 0.030.05 mm thick. Pull on the
strip at the beginning of finger
end or beginning of finger
opening to verify that the
resistance is the same for
both fingers.

[Note]

Adjust finger pressure by


loosening the cap bolt that
secures the bracket and by turning the bracket facing the shaft. If the pressure is
adjusted using the hollow set bolt, the 6 mm gap between the finger and bracket
varies, and this causes an uneven maximum pressure among fingers.
(3)

Adjusting spring B strength for finger and


overall pressure

Strength of spring B is determined by adjusting the length of spring B when the


finger closes. Standard length of spring B is 81 mm.

To adjust, loosen cap bolt securing lever


and turn the lever around the shaft.

(4) Adjusting 0.1 02 mm gap between finger


bracket and tip of hexagonal bolt

The gap between the tip of hexagonal bolt and finger bracket should be 0.1 0.2 mm when the
finger starts to close (when the finger touches anvil, or when a sheet 0.03 0.05 mm thick is
pulled from the gripping fingers with light resistance). Adjust by moving hexagonal bolt forward or
back.
Note that the gap becomes 0 when the
finger is gripping the paper (when finger
open/close lever cam follower has left the
cam).

[31

Adjusting Finger Opening/Closing of Cylinder Fingers

.04'
ar

004be 1p

Abe fp impreSiOn efe.


TO*
cylind.r
IF*

C248

0 To
the
and
of
to
* Do

First transfer cylinder


Second transfer cylinder

Timing of opening and closing fingers is adjusted by changing the angle of finger
open/close lever and by adjusting phase of finger open/close cam.
Finger
open/close
lever

Adjustment
adjust the finger closing angle, loosen
cap bolt of finger open/close lever,
adjust the angle of finger open/cbse
lever. Adjust the lever in the direction
the arrow to increase the finger
closing angle; to opposite direction to
decrease. (For reference angles, refer
the table)
not adjust timing if the difference
between reference angles is within 1
-1.5.

Angles for which finger is closed


Item

Model
C48
C248

Impression cylinder
First transfer cylinder
Second transfer cylinder
Impression cylinder

Angle
158 159
116 117
230 231
540.5 541.5

The transfer timing between each cylinder


is adjusted by changing the phase of
finger open/close cam. The cam phase
can be micro-adjusted by loosening cap
bolts securing cam. Move the cam
forward in the rotation direction of the
cylinder to slow the timing; move
backward to speed up.

* When cam adjustment is necessary, consult


with HAMADA service engineer.
[4]

Adjusting Feed Roller


(1) Parallel adjustment of lower feed roller
To adjust the parallelism of the upper feed
roller against the lower feed roller, turn the
control bushing shown left.
Parallel pressure control bushing

Securing screw

Upper feed roller


Paper strips (25 mm wide; one each at
OP-side and NOP-side)
Lower feed roller

Loosen the securing screw, and turn the


control metal clockwise to weaken OPside; counterclockwise to strengthen OPside.
To
verify:
Prepare two strips of paper, 0.08 0.10
mm thick and 25 mm wide. Insert the strips
in the gap of upper feed roller, one strip at
the OP-side and the other at the NOP-side.
Operate the press with inching (forward)
switch until the upper feed roller is lightly
touching the lower feed roller. Pull on the
strips. Verify that resistance is the same on

(2)

Adjusting overall pressure of upper feed roller

The contact pressure of upper feed roller


Pressure control
knob Upper feed roller

against lower feed roller is adjusted by


turning on control knob shown. The
pressure is checked by the paper feed
distance. The standard dimension of feed
distance is approximately 75 mm 80 mm
when using paper with 0.08 mm 0.10 mm
thickness.

Turn pressure control knob


clockwise to decrease feed
distance; counterclockwise
to increase.

Lower feed roller

(3)
Adjusting paper
feed start
timing
Cam

l Securing bolts
(3 bolts)

(NOP-slde view)
C48: Impression cylinder
shaft end
C248: First transfer cylinder
shaft end
C48: Impression
cylinder shaft end

C248: First transfer


cylinder shaft end

r.
(4) Adjusting
paper stopper
height

The timing
of paper
feed is
adjusted by
changing
the phase of
cam as
shown.
Standard
calls paper
feed to start
at 330.

To adjust,
loosen bolt
securing the
cam, and turn
cam forward to
advance
timing;
backward to
retard.

To
verify,
manually feed
one
sheet.
Check that the
angle equals
330 at the
start of the
feed, and that
the
finger
opening is 2.5
mm 3.0 mm
when the front
edge of the
paper hits the
anvil stopper
of impression
cylinder (first
transfer
cylinder).

The height of
the paper
stopper should

be adjusted so
that when
upper feed
roller starts
paper feed,
front edge of
paper should
make crackling
noise as it hits
the paper
stopper.

To adjust,
loosen the
locknut shown,
and change the
lever angle by
turning on
control knob.

If the control
knob is turned
clockwise, the
timing of paper
stopper
descent is
speeded up.
This either
reduces the
paper
crackling noise
or eliminates
it. If the knob
is turned
counterclockwi
se, the paper
stopper
descent timing
is slowed,
which in turn
causes the
crackling noise
to become
louder and
possibly
damage the
leading edge of
paper.

(5) Adjusting of head stop hold down mechanism

To prevent paper stopper from

damaging the back side of paper during


front feed cycle, hook should hold lever
as paper is fed.

Lever must be placed so that the hook


holds lever smoothly when the upper feed
roller descends, and the hook disengages
lever smoothly when cam is activated.

Timing of standby release


Standby release timing should be 190.

To adjust, change the cam angle as shown.

Operate the press by inching (forward)


switch or manually and stop it at 190
position. Loosen set bolt securing the cam,
turn cam forward until the lever releases
the hook.

(6)
error stop mechanism

If paper feed
error causes
crooked feed
or delayed
feed, the
solenoid
should hook
the lever to
stop the front
feed.

When the upper


feed roller is at
its highest
position, gap
between lever
and hook
should equal
"0" with
solenoid ON.
There should
be 0.5 mm gap
between the
solenoid and
plunger unit.

To adjust,
loosen bolt
securing
solenoid, and
move the
solenoid.

Check that
when stop
mechanism is
activated and
the upper feed
roller is at its
lowest position,
the gap
between upper
feed roller and
lower feed
roller should be
1 mm or more.

[51 Adjusting Side Register


(1)
upper roller bracket and paper
guide
Hollow set
bolt

Upper roller
Eccentric pin

Paper guide

With
upp
er
roller
touc
hing
the
lowe
r
roller
, the
gap
betw
een
the
upp
er
roller
brac
ket
and
pap
er
guid
e
sho
uld
equ
al
0.4
mm
(0.3
mm)
.

To
adju
st,
loos
en
hollo
w

Upper roller
bracket
Lower roller

s
e
t
b
o
lt
o
f
u
p
p
e
r
r
o
ll
e
r
b

rack
et,
and
turn
ecce
ntric
pin.
[Note]

Adju
st
gap
at
both
OPside
and
NOP
side.

A l O A mm
( iiwit t e ma la ffine tk ...,.0 .3 4 m

Point A through point D represents time


when paper has touched the front stopper
and is stopped on conveyor table.

n - lat ee mirt a n na t )

Paper hits front stopper

(2) Adjusting side register

Pull register starts to pull

timing

Pull register finished pulling

0 Standard timing

A
I
"leV

C
I
328'

B
I
285

43)K

Adjustment order

D
I
330'
2_.*)

Adjust in the
following order:

(1) B C interval: Paper


pull time
(2) C D interval: Time
from finish of paper

A:
B:
C:
D:

pull to start of paper


feed

e Adjusting B C interval (43)

B C interval is adjusted by turning


screw 11 shown.

Turn the screw tighter to decrease B C


interval; looser to increase.

e Adjusting C D interval ( 2)
[Note] Adjust this after adjusting front feed.

Side register upper roller should start rising at 328.

C D interval (2) is adjusted by the timing cam shown.

To adjust, operate the press using inching (forward) switch or manually and stop the
press at 328 position. Then, insert paper
Timing cam
(0.08 0.10 mm thick) into side register
upper roller section. While lightly pulling on
the paper, turn the timing cam forward.
Secure the timing cam at the position where
the paper can no longer be pulled out.

Set screw

(Inside of OP-side frame)

To verify:

Place paper (0.08 0.10 mm thick) in front


feeder section and operate press manually.
Touch the side register upper roller and
upper feed roller with fingers to verify that
side register upper roller starts to rise at
328 and front feed begins at 330.

[6] Adjusting Plate and Printing Pressure Mechanism (C48)


The diagram shows the mechanism when the plate pressure and printing pressure are both ON.
The blanket cylinder shaft is eccentric. This creates a two-step motion to apply and relieve plate
pressure and printing pressure.

Stopper (D)

Pin 6
Solenoid
9W
-2
SOL Cam follower `4

4,,' i

Selector (A)

I!

C
a

Solenoi
d SOL-1
Stopper (F)

Selector (B)
PMS

Bracket
Stopper
(C)

Perform adjustment as follows:


(1)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Plate Pressure ON

O Standard

When the solenoid (SOL-1) is energized, the selector (A) should touch pin 4, and
the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the connecting rod and the
pin (spring hook) should be 0.5 mm.

Pin CD
Selector
(A)
0.5mm
Connecting rod

Pin
(spring hook)

Adjustment

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for the
selector (A) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the solenoid (SOL-1).

With the solenoid (SOL-1) energized, move it laterally until the selector (A) is in
contact with pin 0, and the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the
connecting rod and the pin (spring hook) is 0.5 mm. Secure the solenoid (SOL-1). To
make sure the gap is 0.5 mm, insert a 0.5 mm gauge in the plunger section of the
solenoid (SOL-1). Hold the plunger and move the solenoid (SOL-1) from left to right
until the selector pin (A) touches pin D. Secure the solenoid (SOL-1) in this position.

(2)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Plate Pressure OFF


m Standard
With the solenoid (SOL-1) not energized and when the selector (A) touches pin
plunger should just touch the stopper (E).
Pin

0,

the

CD

Stopper (E)
Solenoi
d (SOL1)

Screw

Adjustment

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for the
selector (A) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the stopper (E).

Move the stopper (E) from left to right until it is just touching the plunger. Secure the stopper
(E) in this position.

(3)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Printing Pressure ON


Note: Set the plate pressure ON before performing this
adjustment. O Standard
When the solenoid (SOL-2) is energized, the selector (B) should touch pin (3), and the
gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the connecting rod and the pin
(spring hook) should be 0.5 mm.

Pin CIO
Connecting
rod

Pin
(spring hook)

(.,

Adjustment

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for
the selector (B) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the solenoid (SOL-2).

With the solenoid (SOL-2) energized, move it laterally until the selector (B) is
in contact with pin 0, and the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening
of the connecting rod and the pin (spring hook) is 0.5 mm. Secure the
solenoid (SOL-2). To make sure the gap is 0.5 mm, insert a 0.5 mm gauge in
the plunger section of the solenoid (SOL-2). Hold the plunger and move the
solenoid (SOL-2) from left to right until the selector pin (B) touches pin (3).
Secure the solenoid (SOL-2) in this position.

(4)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Printing Pressure OFF


Note: Set the plate pressure OFF before performing this adjustment.
CD Standard
With the solenoid (SOL-2) not energized and when the selector (B) touches
pin , the plunger should just touch the stopper (F).

\ Solenoid
(SOL-2)
Screw

Stopper (F)
Pin GD
Selector (B)

m Adjustment
.

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for the
selector (B) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the stopper (F).

Move the stopper (F) from left to right until it is just touching the plunger. Secure
the stopper (F) in this position.

(5)

Adjusting Stopper (C)


m Standard
When both plate pressure and printing pressure are OFF, the stopper (C)
(hexagonal bolt) should just touch the bracket.
m Adjustment
.

Both solenoids (SOL-1, SOL-2) should be energized. Press the inching switch to
turn both plate pressure and printing pressure ON.

Turn the solenoids (SOL-1, SOL-2) OFF. Press the inching switch to bring the plate
pressure and printing pressure to OFF. Stop the press when the plate
pressure turns OFF (i.e. when the selector (A) pushes up pin a).

Adjust the stopper (C). Rotate the hexagonal bolt of the stopper (C) until the
hexagonal bolt is just touching the bracket.

(6)

Adjusting Stopper (D)


m Standard
When both plate pressure and printing pressure are ON, stopper (D) (rubber plate)
should just touch the bracket.

(7)

Adjustment

Press the inching switch to operate the press until the plate pressure is ON (solenoid
SOL-1 is in suction) and the printing pressure is ON (solenoid SOL-2 is in suction). Stop
the press. Adjust the stopper (D) position.
Verification
Operate the press at low speed or with the inching switch. Switch the plate pressure
and printing pressure ON and OFF. The contact pressure should come on and off
accurately.
The switch operations are as follows:

m Plate pressure switches:


Automatic impression ON switch ON Impression switch ON --> Plate pressure ON
m Printing pressure switches:
Test switch ON (on control panel) --) Impression switch ON -* Printing pressure ON

[7] Adjusting Plate and Printing Pressure Mechanism (C248 1P)


The diagram shows the mechanism when the plate pressure and printing pressure are both ON.
The blanket cylinder shaft is eccentric. This creates a two-step motion to apply and relieve plate
pressure and printing pressure.

Stoppfr (C)
Bracket
Pin

11

on

Stopper (D)
(0 0111V

Solenoid
SOL-1

Stopper (E)
Pin CD

Stopper (F)

Cam follower

Perform adjustment as follows:


(1)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Plate Pressure ON

Standard
When the solenoid (SOL-1) is energized, the selector (A) should touch pin CD , and
the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the connecting rod and the
Pin CD
Selector
(A)
Connecting
rod

Pin
(spring hook)

pin (spring hook) should be 0.5 mm.


m

Adjustment

Press inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for the selector
(A) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the solenoid (SOL-1).

With the solenoid (SOL-1) energized, move it laterally until the selector (A) is in
contact with pin CD, and the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of
the connecting rod and the pin (spring hook) is 0.5 mm. Secure the solenoid
(SOL-1). To make sure the gap is 0.5 mm, insert a 0.5 mm gauge in the plunger
section of the solenoid (SOL-1). Hold the plunger and move the solenoid (SOL1) from left to right until the selector pin (A) touches pin (D. Secure the solenoid
(SOL-1) in this position.
(2)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Plate Pressure OFF

Standard
With the solenoid (SOL-1) not energized and when the selector (A) touches
Solenoid (SOL-1)

pin CD, the plunger should just touch the stopper (E).
P i n
Stopper (E)

Adjustment
Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for
the selector (A) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the stopper (E).

Move the stopper (E) from left to right until it is just touching the plunger. Secure
the stopper (E) in this position.

(3)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Printing Pressure ON


Note: Set the plate pressure ON before performing this adjustment.
CD Standard
When the solenoid (SOL-2) is energized, the selector (B) should touch pin * , and
the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the connecting rod and the
pin (spring hook) should be 0.5 mm.
Pin CD
Selector
Connectin
g
ro

Pin
(spring hook)

Adjustment
Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for
the selector (B) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the solenoid (SOL-2).

With the solenoid (SOL-2) energized, move it laterally until the selector (B) is
in contact with pin 0, and the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening
of the connecting rod and the pin (spring hook) is 0.5 mm. Secure the solenoid
(SOL-2). To make sure the gap is 0.5 mm, insert a 0.5 mm gauge in the plunger
section of the solenoid (SOL-2). Hold the plunger and move the solenoid (SOL2) from left to right until the selector pin (B) touches pin 0. Secure the solenoid
(SOL-2) in this position.

(4)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Printing Pressure OFF


Note: Set the plate pressure OFF before performing this
adjustment. O

Standard

With the solenoid (SOL-2) not energized and when the selector (B) touches pin 0,
the plunger should just touch the stopper (F).
Pin 0

m Adjustment
.

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for the
selector (B) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the stopper (F).

Move the stopper (F) from left to right until it is just touching the plunger. Secure the
stopper (F) in this position.

(5)

Adjusting Stopper (C)


m Standard
When both plate pressure and printing pressure are OFF, the stopper (C) (hexagonal
bolt) should just touch the bracket.
e

Adjustment

Both solenoids (SOL-1, SOL-2) should be energized. Press the inching switch
to turn both plate pressure and printing pressure ON.

Turn the solenoids (SOL-1, SOL-2) OFF. Press the inching switch to bring the plate
pressure and printing pressure to OFF. Stop the press when the plate
pressure turns OFF (i.e. when the selector (A) pushes up pin 0).

Adjust the stopper (C). Rotate the hexagonal bolt of the stopper (C) until
the hexagonal bolt is just touching the bracket.

(6)

Adjusting Stopper (D)


0 Standard
When both plate pressure and printing pressure are ON, stopper (D) (rubber
plate) should just touch the bracket.
Adjustment

(7)

Press the inching switch to operate the press until the plate pressure is ON (solenoid
SOL-1 is ON) and the printing pressure is ON (solenoid SOL-2 is ON). Then stop the
press.

Adjust the position of the stopper (D) (rubber plate) so that the stopper (D) (rubber
plate) is just touching the bracket.
Verification
Operate the press at low speed or with the inching switch. Switch the plate pressure and
printing pressure ON and OFF. The contact pressure should come on and off
accurately.
The switch operations are as follows:
0 Plate pressure switches:
Automatic impression ON switch ON 0 Impression switch ON -4 Plate pressure ON
0 Printing pressure switches:
Test switch ON (on control panel) 0 Impression switch ON 0 Printing pressure ON

18] Adjusting Plate and Printing Pressure Mechanism (C248 2P)


The diagram shows the mechanism when the plate pressure and
printing pressure are both ON. The blanket cylinder shaft is eccentric.
This creates a two-step motion to apply and relieve plate pressure and
printing pressure.

Stopper (D)
Selector (A)ir

ri

Stopper (E)

l
Pin CD
I

" "

l i

Cam

4,4.
t

Cam follower

p&

Solenoid(SOL-1)
Stopper (

Solenoid (SOL-2)
Perform adjustment as follows:
(1)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Plate Pressure ON

Standard
When the solenoid (SOL-1) is energized, the selector (A)
should touch pin CD , and the gap between the end of the
slotted hole opening of the connecting rod and the pin
(spring hook) should be 0.5 mm.

Selector(B)

m Adjustment

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until


the cam follower for the selector (A) is at the bottom of the cam.
Then stop the press.
Loosen the securing screw holding the solenoid (SOL1).

Selector(A)

(2)

With the solenoid (SOL-1) energized, move it vertically until the selector (A) is in contact
with pin $3), and the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the connecting
rod and the pin (spring hook) is 0.5 mm. Secure the solenoid (SOL-1). To make sure
the gap is 0.5 mm, insert a 0.5 mm gauge in the plunger section of the solenoid (SOL1). Hold the plunger and move the solenoid (SOL-1) from top to bottom until the
selector pin (A) touches pin CD. Secure the solenoid (SOL-1) in this position.
Adjusting Selector to Turn Plate Pressure OFF

m Standard
With the solenoid (SOL-1) not energized and when the selector (A) touches
pin 0, the plunger should just touch the stopper (E).
Pin
Selector (A)

Stopper (E)
Screw

Solenoid (SOL-1)

Adjustment

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for the
selector (A) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the stopper (E).

Move the stopper (E) from top to bottom until it is just touching the plunger.
Secure the stopper (E) in this position.

(3)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Printing Pressure ON


Note: Set the plate pressure ON before performing this adjustment.
0 Standard
When the solenoid (SOL-1) is energized, the selector (B) should touch pin (3) , and
the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the connecting rod and the
pin (spring hook) should be 0.5 mm.
Selector (13)

0 Adjustment
Pin
Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press
until the cam follower for the
(ssng
selector (A) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop thewok
press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the solenoid (SOL-2).


With solenoid (SOL-2) energized, move it vertically until the selector (B) is in contact
with pin , and the gap between the end of the slotted hole opening of the connecting
rod and the pin (spring hook) is 0.5 mm. Secure the solenoid (SOL-2). To make sure
the gap is 0.5 mm, insert a 0.5 mm gauge in the plunger section of the solenoid (SOL2). Hold the plunger and move the solenoid (SOL-2) from top to bottom until the
selector pin (B) touches pin G. Secure the solenoid (SOL-2) in this position.

(4)

Adjusting Selector to Turn Printing Pressure OFF


Note: Set the plate pressure OFF before performing this
adjustment. (D Standard
With solenoid (SOL-2) not energized and when the selector (B) touches pin 0, the
plunger should just touch the stopper (F).
Pin
Selector (B)

Adjustment

Press the inching (forward) switch to operate the press until the cam follower for the
selector (B) is at the bottom of the cam. Then stop the press.

Loosen the securing screw holding the stopper (F).

Move the stopper (F) until it is just touching the plunger. Secure the stopper
(F) in this position.

(5)

Adjusting Stopper (C)


m Standard
When both plate pressure and printing pressure are OFF, the stopper (C) (hexagonal
bolt) should just touch the bracket.
Adjustment

Both solenoids (SOL-1, SOL-2) should be energized. Press the inching switch to turn
both plate pressure and printing pressure ON.

Turn the solenoids (SOL-1, SOL-2) OFF. Press the inching switch to bring the plate
pressure and printing pressure to OFF. Stop the press when the plate pressure turns
OFF (i.e. when the selector (A) pushes up pin a).

Adjust the stopper (C). Rotate the hexagonal bolt of the stopper (C) until
the hexagonal bolt is just touching the bracket.

(G)

Adjusting Stopper (D)

m Standard
When both plate pressure and printing pressure are ON, the stopper (D) (rubber
plate) should just touch the bracket.

Adjustment

Press the inching switch to operate the press until the plate pressure is ON (solenoid SOL-1 is
ON) and the printing pressure is ON (solenoid SOL-2 is ON). Then stop the press.

Adjust the position of the stopper (D) (rubber plate) so that the stopper (D) (rubber plate) is
just touching the bracket.
(7)

Verification
Operate the press at low speed or with the inching switch. Switch the plate pressure
and printing pressure ON and OFF. The contact pressure should come on and off
accurately.
The switch operations are as follows:

m Plate pressure switches:


Automatic impression ON switch ON -) Impression switch ON -) Plate pressure ON
m Printing pressure switches:
Test switch ON (on control panel) -+ Impression switch ON -> Printing pressure ON
[9] CYLINDER GAPS: STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENT (C48, C248)

(1) Standards
Knob (paper thickness
control knob)

With the paper thickness control dial set to "0", the gaps between the cylinders (with
pressure ON) should be as follows:
Plate cylinder vs. Blanket cylinder:
3.15 mm
Blanket cylinder vs. Impression cylinder: 2.80 mm

(2) Adjustment

Loosen nuts (A) and (B).

Turn the plate pressure and printing pressure ON.

Turn the knob (paper thickness control knob) counterclockwise until the gap
(C) between the hub and the bracket is 0.05 mm.

Insert a gap gauge (2.80 mm thick) between the blanket cylinder and
impression cylinder to verify the gap.

if the gap is too narrow, tighten nut (A).


if the gap is too wide, tighten nut (B).
Note: The gap between the plate cylinder and the blanket cylinder cannot be adjusted.

When the gap is adjusted correctly, remember to tighten the nut opposite to the
one adjusted.
Note: This adjustment must be performed on both the OP-side and on NOP-side.

Adjusting knob dial "0" point.

.
.

Loosen the screw securing the dial so that the dial is free from the knob.
Turn the dial itself until the scale is at "0". Tighten the screw.

(3)

Verification

With the paper thickness control dial at "0", the gap between the hub and the
bracket should be 0.05 mm.

Turn the printing pressure ON and measure the gap between the blanket
cylinder and impression cylinder. (The gap should be 0.28 mm).

6. ADJUSTING PAPER DELIVERY UNIT

Ls/

[1] Adjusting
This adjustment is to
maintain proper chain
tension, to deliver paper
correctly, and to
minimize noise level.

Chain Tension

50

[2] Adjusting
CD Bar Grip
Arm

(1) The tension of


chain CO is
determined by
gap (A) (50 mm)
between block
and bracket e).
Block is
threaded and
bolt et) is
screwed in.
Also, block is
designed to
slide against
bracket O.
Block (ID slides
against bracket
0, and is
supported by
bolt against the
tension of chain
CD. Push spring
is located
between
bracket e) and
block 6. Bolt 'a
is pushing
block with
spring (i) via
block (11). The
tension of chain
0) is determined
by spring O.
(2) To adjust, move
the position of
block ID against
bolt to change
recoiling power
of spring OD. To
increase tension
of chain CD,
increase the
recoiling power
of spring 4) by
turning bolt

clockwise as seen
from the paper
delivery unit side.
Turn bolt
counterclockwise
to decrease
recoiling power of
spring 0) and
tension of chain

a).

(3) To verify,
measure the size
of (A) as shown
in diagram by a
ruler. It should
equal 50 mm.
Remember to
adjust the same
way on both OPside and NOPside.

This adjustment is to assure that paper is


transferred accurately from impression cylinder
to delivery unit.
[Note] Perform this after adjustments of gripper
parallelism and pressure have been completed.
To obtain proper relations
between cam follower CD on the gripper arm and paper
release cam CD, make sure that the gap between cam
m and cam follower equals 0 when the center of cam
follower is at top center of cam m mount.

Cam follower

Cam

CD

[Note] Cam 0) should be mounted


horizontally.

To adjust, loosen the gripper arm bolt, press cam


follower CP against cam 0) and secure
Set screws
the
gripper arm.

Gap should be 0

[3]

Adjusting Transfer from Impression Cylinder to CD Bar


(1)

Adjusting simultaneous grip by impression cylinder and CD bar

At the time of transfer from


impression cylinder to CD bar, the
angle for which both of these
grippers are gripping simultaneously
should be 1 1.5. (Equivalent arc
distance of 1.5 2.2 mm)

[Note] Use paper 0.07 0.1 mm thick for


this adjustment.

(2)

To adjust, loosen bolt CD and move plate


cam CD. Move plate camil) closer to the
impression cylinder to shorten arc length for
gripping time. Move plate cam CD away
from the impression cylinder to lengthen arc
length for gripping time.

To verify, let the cylinder grip a sheet of


paper and execute transfer to chain delivery.
The angle should be between 1 and 1.5
from when the chain delivery gripper grips
the paper gripped by the impression
cylinder gripper until the impression gripper
releases its grip.

The CD bar grip size should be 4 4.5 mm.

To adjust, loosen the cap bolts (3 bolts)


securing the NOP-side chain wheel. Then,
advance the chain wheel forward against
the CD drive gear to reduce the grip size;
move the chain wheel rearward to increase
the grip size.

Adjusting CD bar grip size

Cam lever

AW%..-41,,VW

4W,

Finger
Finger

[4] ' Adjusting

Cam follower

Pa pe r

4-4.5=
Delivery Section Paper Guide Timing

Adjust so that the low part of cam touches the


cam follower at 200 position.

To adjust, loosen set screws and turn the cam.

[51 Adjusting Delivery Section Paper Guide and Drive Plate Cam

To assure smooth paper guide action, adjust the rod length so that the cam follower moves within
the range of slanted edge of plate cam.

_______________-.30I

Slo N fled hole rod To adjust, loosen two screws and change

9)

the length of the rod.

Screws

4____________________________4) To verify:
Cam follower

The cam follower traveling range should


cover approximately half of the length of
slanted edge of plate cam.

Plate cam

[6] Adjusting Delivery Section End


Stopper

0 . 5mm

Lever

[7] Adjusting 2P Blanket Jam Sensor

Eccentric pin

Paper
delivery table

End stopper

Adjust the range of the 2P blanket jam sensor as follows:

C.D. Drive shaft

240 .... sensor ON


260 .... sensor OFF
Sensor
Bracket
C.D. Gripper
Sere

To adjust, loosen the cap bolt and turn the

When the delivery table is mounted, the


gap between the delivery table and end
stopper should equal 0.5 mm.

Turn the eccentric pin on NOP-side to


adjust. To narrow the gap, loosen the
hexagonal bolt (inside frame)
securing the eccentric pin and turn
the pin counterclockwise. To widen
the gap, turn the pin clockwise.

(2) Adjustment
The crank and its drive gear are secured by spring pins. The gear mesh phase must be
adjusted to meet these specification standards. Perform adjustment as follows:

(3)

Remove the spring pin from the crank drive gear.

Align the protractor with the reference point.

Align the crank connection pin with the specified (o'clock) position.

Align the spring pin hole of the crank drive gear with the spring pin hole of the shaft.
Insert the spring pin.
Verification
While observing the protractor, use Inching or Manual Operation to rotate the press
forward. Stop the press at the reference point of the protractor. The crank connection
pin must be at the specified position.

8. ADJUSTMENT AROUND SINGLE LEVER FINGER


111 Adjustment Around Single Lever Finger
The timing of the forward and reverse movement of the single lever is determined by the assembly
standard of the inking section crank, described in the previous section. This is because the timing
mechanism is attached to the inking section crank. This section explains the forward/reverse finger
adjustment of the single lever and the release lever adjustment.

(1)

Standards

m The gap between the release lever and bearings should be 0.5 mm when the finger
is in the groove of the cam.
m When the finger is released by the release lever, the gap between the tip of the finger
and the outer perimeter of the cam must be 3 mm.
(2) Adjustment

To obtain the required gap of 0.5 mm between the release lever and bearing at the time when
the finger is in the groove of the cam, turn ON the solenoid and adjust its mounting position.

When the finger is released by the release lever (when the solenoid is OFF), the gap between
the tip of the finger and the outer perimeter of the cam must be adjusted to be 3 mm. Do this
by repositioning the solenoid stopper.
(3)

Verification
CD Start the press.

Operate the switches for the dampening and inking rollers, alternating between ON and OFF
positions. Verify that the single lever operates correctly (forward in the ON position, reverse in
the OFF position).

[21 Adjustment of Single Lever Positioning Cam


Adjust the cam which operates a micro-switch to monitor the position of the single
lever cam according to the procedures described below:

Inking roller location


microswich LS-2
Dampening roller
Cam shaft location microawitch LS-1

0-0
"2
(1) Standards
LS-1 should turn ON when the marking on the cam mounting shaft aligns with "1", and
LS-2 should turn ON when the marking aligns with "2".
(2) Adjustment
m Loosen the set screws of the cam.
e

Turn the cam mounting shaft clockwise to align the marking with "1". (Use a 10 mm box
wrench.)

Turn the cam clockwise until LS-1 turns ON. Secure the cam at this position.

Turn the cam mounting shaft clockwise further to verify that LS-2 turns ON at the "2"
position.
(3)

Verification
Verify the following by operating the dampening roller switch:

m When the dampening roller switch is turned ON, the cam mounting shaft should turn to
align the marking with "1" and LS-1 should turn ON.

When the inking roller switch is turned ON, the cam mounting shaft should turn to align
the marking with "2" and LS-2 should turn ON.

9. ADJUSTMENT OF INKING SECTION


Ill

Adjustment of Inking Fountain Roller Brake


This adjusts the brake pressure of the inking fountain roller so that the fountain roller does not
turn with the rotation of the ductor roller.

Brake

(1) Adjustment
m Adjust the brake pressure by turning nut e on bolt O.
e

Use the manual operation handle to rotate the fountain roller:

If too tight
If too loose
(2)

Loosen nut e on bolt O.


Tighten nut on bolt O.

Verification
Loosen the ink fountain key (blade adjustment screw) to separate the blade from the
fountain roller. Then operate the press at the maximum speed. The fountain roller
should not rotate along with the inking ductor roller. If the fountain roller rotates, tighten
nut e on bolt O.

[2]

Adjusting Contact Pressure of Ink Ductor Roller Against First Distributor Roller
This adjustment ensures that ink feed is performed accurately by the ductor roller.
Inking ductor roller

Paper

First distributor roller


Cam
Cam

(1) Adjustment
This adjustment is made by loosening the two set screws in the drive lever,
rotating the lever on the ductor shaft, and tightening the set screws.
(2) Verification and Standards
m Two strips of paper or film (25 mm wide and about 0.1 mm thick) are required.
e

Insert the two strips between the first distributor roller and the ductor roller, at both ends
of the rollers.

Adjust the contact pressure by pulling on these strips:


If the strip of paper tears as you pull on it, the pressure is too strong; if the
strip comes out too easily, without any resistance, the pressure is too weak.
The ideal pressure is somewhere in between the two extremes.

[3]

Adjusting the Timing of Rocking Motion of Ductor Roller


This adjustment ensures that the amount of ink fed matches the specified amount as
indicated by the ink feed volume control dial.
(1) Standard
The ink fountain roller must rotate as soon as the ductor roller comes in contact with it.
(2) Adjustment
inking ductor roller
Ink fountain
Paper

Set screws

First distributor roller


Cam follower
Ca

0 The timing of the rocking motion of the ductor roller is adjusted by turning the
NOP-side cam after loosening the hollow set screw.
e

The arrow in the figure above indicates the rotational direction of the cam during normal
operation. The timing of the rocking motion of the ductor roller is advanced when the cam is
turned in the direction of the arrow; the timing is retarded when the cam is turned in the opposite
direction.

(3)

Verification

Set the ink feed volume control dial to its maximum setting (10).

Turn the ink ductor switch ON.

As you operate the inching (forward) button to operate the press, make sure that the ink fountain
roller starts rotating as soon as the ductor roller comes in contact with it, and that the ductor roller
stays in contact with the ink fountain roller until the latter stops rotating.

[41 Adjusting Inking Ductor Stopper Unit


This adjustment ensures that the stop lever operates correctly during ink feed
and when ink feed must be stopped.
(1) Standards
m When the ink feed has been stopped, and when the cam has pushed the cam follower up, the
gap between the eccentric pin and the stop lever hook should be 0.5 mm.
e

During ink feed, as the cam follower sways from side to side with the operating cam, the eccentric
pin should not touch the stop lever.

(C248 2P,C48)
Cam

(2)
Adjustment
m To adjust the
(0.5 mm)
between the
eccentric pin
the stop lever

Stop lever

C248(IP)
Gs

.5 mm

Eccentric pin
Cam follower

gap

Eccentric
Gap (0.5 mm)

Cam
Solenoid

Solenoid

and
hook:

Stop lever
Cam follower

Turn the ink ductor switch

OFF.

Operate the press with the


until the cam follower is pushed up
press.

inching (forward) button


by the cam. Stop the

Loosen the nut holding the eccentric pin. Turn the eccentric pin with a slotted screw driver
until the gap between the stop lever hook and the eccentric pin is 0.5 mm.

Gap (0.5 mm)


Gap (0.5 mm)

(C248 IP)

(C2481 P) )1I

&cent* pin Stop lever

To increase the
gap,
turn
the
eccentric
pin
clockwise;
to
decrease it, turn the
pin
counterclockwise.
(C248.2P / C48)
To increase the
gap, turn the
eccentric pin
counterclockwise;
to decrease it, turn
the pin clockwise.
e

To adjust so that the


stop lever does not
touch the eccentric
pin during ink feed
cycle:

Turn the ink ductor switch


ON.

Operate the press with


the inching (forward)
switch until the cam
follower stops at the

(C248 2P
C48)
Stop lever
Eccentric pin

lower section of the


cam.
.

(3)

Move the solenoid to a


position where the
eccentric pin does not
come in contact with the
stop lever. Secure the
solenoid.
Verification
Start up the press and
while running it at a
low rotation speed
(3,000 rph), verify the
following:

m With the ductor switch


OFF:
The rocking motion
of the ductor roller
should stop with the
stop lever holding
the eccentric pin in
place.

[5]

Adjusting the Shaft Retainer Spring of the Idler Roller


This adjustment ensures that the idler roller does not float and that ink is fed correctly.

(C248 2P/C48)

(C248 IP)

0 The idler roller retainer springs are located at 4 through


the figures above.

e, as shown in

e The size of the roller retainer springs in the absence of the idler roller
should be as follows:
No.

L size

0440

22 mm

eeee

32 mm

[6] Adjusting Contact Pressure between Inking Roller and Oscillating Roller
This adjustment ensures an accurate supply of ink to the inking roller and to prevent the
occurrence of ghosting.
Nut
Spring adjustment
screw
Night latch

(1)

Adjusting Impression Spring Tension


Ts Standard
With the night latch on, the spring should be at a position 1/2 revolution
back from the fully compressed point.

Adjustment
Turn ON the night latch.
Turn the adjustment screw to compress the spring all the way, then
turn the screw back by 1/2 revolution.

Verification
Turn the night latch ON and OFF to verify the following:
The night latch should turn ON and OFF smoothly.
The spring should not collapse when the night latch is set to ON.
(2)

Adjusting the Nut

m Standard
Adjust contact pressure between the ink form roller and oscillating roller by
stopper nuts at NO-side and NOP-side.

Adjustment
Ink up form rollers. Using a 10-mm box wrench, turn the hexagonal bolt head
from position 0 to 2. At this point, the nip lines appearing on the oscillating
roller surface should be 4 mm.
Stopper nut
Spring support shaft

Spring adjustment screw

[7]

Adjusting Contact Pressure Between Inking Roller and Plate Surface


(1)
.

Checking Inking Roller Pressure

Mount a plate on the plate cylinder.


Note: Base of the plate cylinder is plate + lining - 0.4 mm.

Feed ink to the roller. With a 10 mm box wrench, turn the hexagonal bolt head from position 0 to
position 2, and then back from position 2 to position 0.
The nip lines appearing on the plate surface should have the widths shown
in the figure on the next page for each roller.

Strip of paper or paper


gauge film
Dampening
fountain roller

1
X00

Owl
Hexagonal
bolt head

St

N0O 0 ,
0 Ductor roller
.11
Dampening
ft el

illt

..0 oi

oscillating roller
'.'

3.5 - 4.

OW 3.5 - 4.0

Note: The diameter of the rubber


roller depends on the
temperature and the amount of
cleaning solution that has
permeated the roller. Always
check it before operation.
(2)

Adjusting Inking Roller Pressure


.

Shaft bracket

Loosen the set screws.


Turn the shaft clockwise
with a screwdriver to
decrease the pressure,
counterclockwise to
increase it.

(3)
Adjusting Inking Roller Parallel
Pressure

- .........

a TNOP-S
Set screw

07);
o

Set screw

(Eccentric)

Shaft bracket

Rotate the shaft bracket (eccentric) to


adjust the parallel pressure.

Rotate the shaft bracket (eccentric)


clockwise to weaken the NOP-side
pressure, counterclockwise to
increase the NOP-side pressure.

10. ADJUSTMENTS OF DAMPENING SECTION (WATERMATIC


SYSTEM)
1.

Structure and Functions


(1)

Rollers: Layout and Materials


Name

Material

1 Dampening fountain
roller

Hard chrome plated

2 Transfer roller

Rubber, water sleeve

3 Oscillating roller

Hard chrome plated

4 Form roller

Rubber

5 Idler roller

Teflon

6 Distributor roller

Rubber

Notes
Driven stand-alone

Used as an oscillating
roller during printing and
as a distributor roller
during cleaning

By using the characteristics of the water sleeve (faster startup because of less moisture
absorption), the water sleeve is used as a transfer roller. By applying pressure between
the water sleeve and the dampening fountain roller, dampening solution is squeezed to
form a constant water film. Then, this film of dampening solution is supplied to the plate
surface through the oscillating form rollers.
The amount of dampening solution feed can be adjusted by changing the speed
of the dampening fountain roller using the dampening solution feed adjustment
knob on the paper dolly control panel.

(2)

Function of Each Roller

Dampening Fountain Roller


The surface of the dampening fountain roller is plated with hard chrome (0.1mm
thick) and treated with a micro-polish finish. This finish gives excellent hydrophilic
properties to the roller surface so that the roller can produce a uniform water film
and supply dampening solution in a reliable and consistent manner. The dampening
fountain roller is driven by a motor whose speed can be controlled with a control
knob.

Transfer Roller
This roller is made of special rubber for the water sleeve. The water sleeve (t-0.15) is
fitted on top of the roller. The transfer roller delivers the film of dampening solution to
the oscillating roller. Pressure is applied between the dampening fountain roller (1)
and transfer roller (2) to squeeze dampening solution to form a constant water film.
This film of dampening solution is then transferred to the oscillating roller. The
pressure applied from the transfer roller to both the dampening fountain roller and
oscillating roller can be adjusted by knobs 7 and 8.

Oscillating Roller
The surface of the oscillating roller is plated with hard chrome (0.1mm thick) and
treated with a micro-polish finish. This finish gives excellent hydrophilic properties to
the roller surface. The oscillating roller keeps the thickness of the water film constant
as it is supplied from the transfer roller and before it is delivered to the form roller.

Form Roller
The form roller is made from a hydrophilic rubber, and driven by the plate cylinder
through a gear installed at NOP-side. A one-way bearing is built in between the gear
and roller shaft so that the operation will not be affected by a thinner roller. However,
the life span of form roller is one year. Please explain this to customers at the time of
delivery.

Idler Roller
The idler roller shaft ends are inserted into the roller socket mounted inside of frame,
and the shaft ends are pressed down by the retainer. When this roller touches the
dampening form roller, it starts to rotation. This roller then evenly coats films of ink
and dampening solution on the dampening form roller.

Distributor Roller
This roller functions as an ink kneading roller during printing (does not make
contact with the dampening oscillating roller). During inking form roller cleaning, this
roller makes contact with the dampening oscillating roller and cleans the
dampening form roller and idler roller at the same time.

[2] Adjustments
(1)

Adjusting transfer roller impression

This adjustment assures that transfer roller applies


impression ON/OFF against the oscillating roller smoothly.
The gap between the oscillating roller and transfer roller
should be 0.5 1.0 mm when impression is OFF.
0 Adjusting eccentric pin A

Lever
Lever (D)(C)
ccentric pin (A)

When the cam pushes up the cam follower, eccentric


pin B is pushed up by lever C. Adjust eccentric pin A so
that the gap between eccentric pin B and lever D hook
is 0.2 0.3 mm.

0.2-0.3
Eccentric pin (B)

0.5-1.0m

To adjust, operate the press manually or by using


the inching switch until the cam pushes up the
cam follower. Stop the
press. Loosen eccentric pin A nut and turn eccentric pin
A to adjust gap between lever D and eccentric pin B.
Turn eccentric pin A clockwise to increase the gap;
counterclockwise to decrease.
e

Adjusting eccentric pin B

Adjust eccentric pin B so that the gap between


oscillating roller and transfer roller is 0.5 1.0 mm
when the cam is pushing up the cam follower.

To adjust, loosen securing bolts of eccentric pin B.


Then turn eccentric pin B clockwise to widen the
gap between oscillating roller and transfer roller;
counterclockwise to narrow the gap.

Adjusting solenoid position

Adjust solenoid position so that the gap between


eccentric pin B and lever C is 0.5 1.0 mm with
solenoid ON.

Turn solenoid switch ON. Operate the press with


the inching switch until the cam is pushes up the
cam follower. Stop the press. Reposition solenoid
so that the gap between eccentric pin B and lever C
is 0.5 1.0 mm.

Transfer roller

Oscillating roller

ccentric pin (B)


Gap 0.5 1.0
Lever (D)

mm
Lever

(2)Adjusting manual night latch mechanism

This mechanism manually brings the


transfer roller in contact with the oscillating
roller to check contact pressure. (Start
feeding dampening solution using switches
and allow the transfer roller to come in
contact with the oscillating roller. Manually
operate the crank handle to check contact
pressure by inserting a gap gauge
between the two rollers.)

Adjust so that when the crank handle is


vertical, the transfer roller separates from
the oscillating roller, and that when the
handle is turned clockwise to horizontal
position, the transfer roller comes in
contact with the oscillating roller.

To adjust:

There are two cams on the handle shaft (inside


frame). Loosen hollow set screws securing
these cams, and rotate these cams to adjust.

11. ADJUSTING DAMPENING SECTION (MOLLETON SYSTEM)


Setting the oscillating amount for the dampening solution ductor roller and
adjusting stop mechanism

Adjusting Rocking Motion of Ductor Roller


This adjustment assures an even pressure by ductor roller against dampening fountain roller and
against oscillating roller to obtain proper supply of the dampening solution. The spring mechanism
generates contact pressure which the ductor roller applies against dampening fountain roller and
oscillating roller, respectively. The contact pressure is controlled by adjusting the ductor rocking
motion.
m Standard:
There should be a gap of 2 mm between the cam follower and the low part of cam
when the ductor roller is mounted.

Adjustment:

Mount the dampening ductor roller.

Turn the dampening ductor roller ON/OFF switch to ON.

Using the inching (forward) switch, operate the press until the low part of cam reaches
the cam follower. Stop the press.

Loosen the nut in the rear of eccentric pin A. Rotate eccentric pin A to adjust the gap to 2 mm.
Turn eccentric pin A clockwise to decrease the gap; counterclockwise to increase.

Verifica
tion
Ship of paper or
paper gauge film

Dampening
fountain roller

Prepare a strip of paper or film


approximately 25 mm wide and 0.1
mm thick.
With inching (forward) switch,
bring the ductor roller into contact
with the oscillating roller and
dampening fountain roller,
Ductor roller

respectively. Insert the strip between


pairs
Dampening oscillating

of respective rollers, and pull on it to


make
sure that the resistance is approximately the
same.
[2] Adjusting Ductor Roller Rocking
Motion Stop Mechanism
The rocking drive lever stop
mechanism should be adjusted
so that the rocking motion of
ductor roller can be stopped or
started with switch operation. This
adjustment must be conducted
after adjustment (1) above.
(i) Standard
With solenoid OFF, when the
upper part of cam is pushing
up the cam follower, the gap
between eccentric pin B and
stopper hook should be 0.5
mm. Also, with solenoid ON,
when the press is started,
eccentric pin B should not
touch the stopper.
Adjustment

Using the inching (forward)


switch, operate the press until
the cam is pushing up the cam
follower. Stop the Press. Note
that for this operation, the
dampening ductor switch
should be OFF.

Loosen the nut at the rear of


eccentric pin B. Rotate

e
c
c
e
n
t
r
i
c
p
i
n
B
t
o
a
d
j
u
s
t
t
h
e
g
a
p
t
o
0
.
5
m
m
.
T
u
r
n
e
c
c
e
n
t
r

tor
roller
rocking
motion, eccentric pin
B should not touch
stopper. Adjust as
follows:

ic
pi
n
B
cl
o
ck
wi
s
e
to
n
ar
ro
w
th
e
g
a
p;
c
o
u
nt
er
cl
o
ck
wi
s
e
to
wi
d
e
n.

Adjustin
g
the
stopper
during
rocking
motion
D
u
r
i
n
g
d
u
c

With inching (forward)


switch, operate the press
until the low part of cam is
against the cam follower.
Stop the press.

Adjust solenoid mounting position


so that eccentric pin B does not
touch the stopper.

Verification

Operate the press at low speed.

Using the dampening ductor roller


switch, check that the rocking
motion of dampening ductor roller
starts with ON and stops with
OFF.

12. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS


THE DRAWING COVERS THE MACHINE SERIAL NOS UP TO C248
SERIES CT-3B112 AND C48 SERIES CS-2L058 RESPECTIVELY.
1. Electrical Specifications for C48, C48SF, C248 and C248SF
Main Motor

Pump Motor

Power Capacity

C48
C48SF

1.5 kW 4P
1.5 kW 4P

0.75 kW 4P
0.75 kW 4P

2.6 kVA
2.8 kVA

C248

1.5 kW 6P

0.75 kW 4P

2.8 kVA

C248SF

1.5 kW 6P

0.75 kW 4P

3.0 kVA

Inverters:

C48 & C48SF (VS-606PB3)


C248 & C248SF (DV551-2200C)

Standard Power Supply:

3 phase, 200V

Optional Power Supply:

3 phase, 220V, 380V, 415V

2. Frequency Changes
50 Hz

+4.

60 Hz

1.

Pump pulley (C48/C248)

F33-01-32-3

F33-02-32-3

2.

Belt (C48/C248)

KV-11

F33-11-01-3

3.

1P/2P PB pressure solenoid wiring

Red - Yellow

Red - Gray

4.

1P/2P impression solenoid wiring

Red - Yellow

Red - Gray

5.

Fluorescent lamp stabilizer

E20-10-3

E20-11-3

3. Voltage Changes
200/220 V

380 V

415 V

Inverter (C48/C48SF)

E46-05-3

E46-05-3

E46-05-3

Inverter (C248/C248SF)

E46-01-01-3

E46-04-3

E46-04-3

Main motor (C48/C48SF)

E01-113-3

E01-113-3

E01-113-3

Main motor (C248/C248SF)

E01-100-3

E01-125-3

E01-125-3

Pump motor (C48/C248)

E01-66-3

E01-68-3

E01-103-3

Pump motor (C48SF/C248SF)

E-101-36

E01-91-01-3

E01-95-01-3

Paper feed table up/down motor


(C48SF/C248SF)

E-101-38

E01-92-3

E01-96-3

Control low impression transformer


(C48/C48SF)

E53-71-01-3

E53-71-01-3

Control high impression transformer


(C248/C248SF)

E53-71-3

E53-71-3

4. Timing Switches and Reference Angles

Paper Reference Sensor X66 0


Rotate the press in the forward direction to 0.
Loosen the screw securing the pulse plate disk.
Rotate the disk in the forward direction until the
sensor LED just goes off. Tighten the screw
holding the disk.

1P

Plate Cylinder Reference Sensor X67 220

2P Plate Cylinder Reference Sensor X68 tar

0700

Set 1P and 2P vertical adjustments to 0.


(Both macro and micro adjustments.)
Rotate the press forward to 220 (1P) or.
WV (2P). Loosen the screw securing the
timing flag, rotate the flag in the forward
direction until the sensor LED jsut goes off.
Tighten the screw.

(5] Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C248)

C48 C48S C248E C248L C2 48E -SF


F
0
0

0 C248 PARTS ARRANGEMENT (OP-S)

,......,,,,
1.,_.

I---

\ V,
I

s s , . . , . . .

-j

28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13

OP center window cover limit


2P OP cover limit
1P OP cover limit
Handle cover limit
Power switch
2P plate cylinder positioning sensor
2P inking form limit
2P dampening form limit
2P dampening ductor solenoid
2P SL solenoid
2P impression solenoid
2P PB pressure solenoid
1P blanket jam sensor (receiver)
Delivery dolly height detection
sensor (receiver)
Delivery dolly lower solenoid
1P plate cylinder positioning sensor

12
11

1P inking form limit


1P dampening form limit

10
09
08
07
06
06
06

1P dampening ductor solenoid


1P SL solenoid
1P impression solenoid
1P PB pressure solenoid
Pump motor
200-220V
Pump motor
380V
Pump motor
415V
Inverter
200-220V
Inverter
380-415V
Delivery OP panel
Center panel
Paper feed panel
Control box
E
Control box
L

05
05
04
03
02
01
01

-SF

E10-30-3
E10-30-3
El 0-30-3
El 0-29-3
E53-58-3
E26-75-3
El 0-52-3
E10-52-3
E09-25-3
E09-51-3
E09-32-3
E09-32-3
E26-73-3
E26-84-02-3
E09-25-3
E26-75-3
E10-52-3
El 0-52-3
E09-25-3
E09-51-3
E09-32-3
E09-32-3
E01-66-3
E01-68-3
E01-103-3
E46-01-01-3
E46-04-3
E51-83-1B-3
E51-82-1B-3
E51-81-1B-3
E46-04-1A-3
E46-04-1B-3

C48 C48SF C248E C248L


C248 PARTS ARRANGEMENT (NOP-S)

0
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
03
02
01

- F
- F
S
S
C248E C2481

2P upper cover limit


Paper feed unit M-S cover
Air blow solenoid
CD cover limit
2P M-S cover limit
2P ink cover limit
Impression cylinder cover limit
1P M-S cover limit
1P ink cover limit
1P dampening solution cover limit
2P dampening fountain motor
1P dampening fountain motor
Anti-static bar
Anti-static transformer
Buzzer
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (60 Hz)
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (50 Hz)
Delivery dolly lower limit magnet
Delivery dolly lower reed switch
Delivery dolly height detection sensor (emitter)
CD jam limit
Fluorescent lamp
Spray valve
Pulse sensor
Reference position sensor
2P blanket jam sensor
2P ink ductor solenoid
1P blanket jam sensor (emitter)
1P ink ductor solenoid
Jam stopper solenoid
Paper detection sensor
Paper detection sensor
Double sheet eliminate solenoid
Paper feed solenoid
Double sheet detection limit
Main motor
200-220V
Main motor
380-415V
Inching panel
Delivery M panel

E10-29-3
E10-30-3
E09-25-3
E10-29-3
El 0-30-3
E10-29-3
El 0-29-3
El 0-30-3
El 0-29-3
El 0-29-3
E01-120-3
E01-120-3
E11-02-01-7
El 1-01-05-3
E03-34-3
E20-11-3
E20-10-3
E10-14-3
E10-12-3
E26-84-01-3
E10-38-3
E24-11-1A-3
E09-42-02-3
E26-83-3
E26-75-3
E26-74-3
E09-25-3
E26-72-3
E09-25-3
E09-29-3
E26-80-3
E26-80-3
E09-02-02-3
E09-25-3
El 0-02-3
E01-100-3
E01-125-3
E51-85-1B-3
E51-84-1B-3

O C248 CONNECTION DIAGRAM


30 200-220V

4'

14

FU2 (5A)
Cal______
KIA>

C48 C48S C248 C248 -SF


C248
E
F
L
F

O O

AC200V SOL

6B4B4 I X2

FUI (3A)
RI

-SF

124
R'

__> P24

220V
1?020V

N
F

16V
A3 FU4 (2A)

771/7 T2 OV

00V

F
L

ov

0.751:122

oov

601-

IsAlofA5 "illdADpo.wC5erV
Ywv vt0v
Shielded transformer

TRF I 380VA

Pump motor0 . 75KW

R S T

(Matsushita Electric)

INVERTER DV-551
U

v11
we,

A A. A'
I I
III21:13E I
IIII
I

II G 12 13 14TPI
9_____9 9 9

E 5V FIN G
I

Main motor I 5Kw


OP-S panel

)-

a * C.
icoCoc to... ... -o
>s ccow00
a 0 a.

u.cc

-> X34
-> G20

FU5 ( IA)

__> v. MPU
> GND Board

C248 CONNECTION

-SF
-SF
C48 C48SF C248t.148L C248 C248
f

DIACAM

FU2 (5A)
I A>

AC200V
SOL

Shielded
transformer
TRF2 420VA

0__

FU I (3A
=1/
RI

o
v 0
T3A
__

6B4B4 I X2
22V

220V
R3A

4I5V
380V

T 2

220V

2'
N F 'z/A)

FU3 (5A)

V 5 0

A l

b?gn

00v

.' .'
.1'

0 .7 5 02 1
o v

75Kw

INVERTER FVR-G7S
U

V W
9____9 9
oil VII WII
I
I

E I I 12 13

3O

(Fuji Electric)

30A
RD CM REV X I X2
9 9 9 9 9
I I
I

>
-

I I 1203E
I
i
1
I 0'

0 0
0
1

0
1
-

I I I I
n motor I .
OP-S
panel

FU5(I
I. 1:
A A D.C5V
'
power
v&OV

y,

P m

TRF I 380VA

R S T

--> X34
--> G20

_> P20
I

C2+
50V=

Shielded
transformer
Pump motor 0

Io

aF

r F

717 T2 OV

A 8

10000 X

10000

_> P24

CI

A
2

ri 9

FL

81 N

. VA

> G20

>
MPU

2P blanket
1P blanket
cleaning solution cleaning
pump
solution pump

C248 CONNECTION DIAGRAM

DC motor

f --- ]

M-S SIDE
Limit Switch
_
W

,.
4Y

1P
daffPenin
gunk
1PM-S
cover

cove
r

1P upper

Power

cove
rcilinde knpressbn

Transformer 380 V

switch

r cove

' cove

(380 spec. only)


Limit Switch

r Pi

CD unit

M-S

1P LSI

Solenoid Valve
_
W

Spray valve

Air

6
"L'

blow

, kid

Double
sheet
eliminate
SOL
Buzzer

_
tiv

Jam
stoppe
r SOL

_
tk)

113 irk
doctor SOL

_
tal

Paper teed
SOL

ov

1P blanket
deaning air
valve

SOL
1P blarket K-4, 2P blanket
4-v
cleanin
cleanin
g
g
solution
solution
pump
pump

e
0

2P hit
ducts SOL

1P Market

,.-, ,
W.

height

Ism sensor

tai

(emitting)
Ti
pubs
WWI'

DeliVin
y MK

on
%.
Y

sensor

c0

Ordain)
Paper
reference
WISP

feed
unkpaper

4/

...
ta,

WSW

detection
WSW

Paper
detection

Blanket Jam
sensor

IPOP-S
COW

rA

I o0v

Anti-static

Inside
control
panel

/3

21

1PPB
pressur
e SOL
2P single
lever SOL

0
CD

1P
enpresslo
n SOL
1P
dafrPerink

2P PB
pressure
reference
sensor

Paper delivery unit <


OP-S panel

2P LS1
2P OP-S
COW

2P LS2

,r,

6'

(0

3P shield

Control,
pack 1

VR
0
Main
motor 1.5
kW

gp pg
pressure
SOL
2P

Handle
cover
OP-S

0
bver
IP angle

2P
Impresski
n SOL
0

sot.

Deivery
dolly low
SOL

damming

Sensor
1P PB
tgi
pressure
reference
sensor

transformer INVERTER

Solenoid Valve

a.

2P blanket
dealing ak
valve

CONTROL
PANEL

Paper

P LS2

center

Sensor
_

1,4a

O O

30200V-220V

CD lam knk ,, DelkerY


v citay lower
o knit detect.
W
2P upper
cover

-SF

-SF
C48 C48S C248 C248
J248F
F
E
L

DC motor

0
Pump motor
0.75 kW 1P dampening
solution motor
25 W

2P dampening
solution motor
25 W

_
tili

1P blanket
Jam sensor
(receiver)

_
W

Delver!
doll? paper
height
sensor
(receiver)

Paper Delivery
Unit OP-S Panel
ort) Paperfeedpanel
Single/Cont
0 Count LED

0 C248 CONNECTION DIAGRAM

-SF
C48 C48S C248C248L -SF C248L
0248E
F
E

O O

0 Count switch
o Count On/Off
St

P
0 Speed VR
6

Paper Delivery

0 2P damp. form roller


On/Off/Auto
CN4

Unit M-S Panel


o

Start

SI

Inching (Forward)

Inching (Reverse)

Unit selection

Pump (On)

Pump (Off)

Spray On/Off

Blanket cleaning

Ea P2 (15 poles)

On/Off/Auto

0 1Pdamp.
solutionfeedVR

S2 (15 poles)

Inching Panel

e 2P ink term roller

0 2Pdamp.
solutionfeedVR
() 1Pdamp.
solutionfeed
0 2Pdamp.
solutionfeed
On/Off/Auto
damp. ductor
(3 1P
On/OH/Auto
0 2P damp. dueler
On/OlVAuto
1P ink dueler
On/Off/Auto

Center Operation Panel

1Pinkingformroller
On/Off/Auto
1Pdampeningform
rollerOn/Off/Auto

1P impression
On/Off/Dampening

2P impression
On/OlVDampening

Stop

1P selection

Head damp position

Tail damp position

Inching (Forward)

Inching (Reverse)

(3) 2P ink dudor


On Of
P3 (9 poles) P4 (15 poles)

Paper Feed Unit

Printing Condition
Display Panel (Type L on y)

Operation Panel

a)

Ten key 0-9, ENT, C

Speed display LED

c.)

Start

Step

Inching (Forward)

Inching (Reverse)

Op

Paper

feed
Single/Cont

Pump On/Off

Auto impression
On/Off

Double sheet paper


teedSlop/Cont

LED display114.26

P5 (3 poles) P6 (15 poles)


P7 (15 poles)
S5 (3

Thin paper

Medium quality

High quafity

Post card

Coated paper

Thick rice paper

(i)

CN6

poles) S6 (15 poles)


S7 (15 poles)

S3 (9 poles) S4 (15 poles)

Inching(Forward)
Inching(Reverse)

/1 .8.

P1 (5 poles) S S1 (6 poles)

Is

CONTROL PANEL

/1

2s

2.

0 C248 CONNECTION INPUT (No. 1)

SF SF
C 4 8C48SF C248E C248L C248 C248L
E

O O

G20

MPU BOARD CNI ( NPUT)

Switch Installation
panel name
M-S
M
Paper
feed
unit,
Paper
feed
unit, -S

OHO (X2)
OH

center, M-S, inching


Paper feed unit,
center M-S, inching
Paper feed unit, OP-S

OH
O0

(X 1 )

(X3)
(X4)

0 (X5) \ 0
0

) 0 (X6)
(X7)
0 (N
op 0 (X8)
0
(X9)
(X10)
0
(X11)
0

Paper feed unit, M-S


Center

Center
0
0
Center
0
Center
Center

0 0

(X13)
(X14)
(X15)
(X16)

Alternate

Momentary

0
00

(X12)

INDISIGNAL
No
CATOR
1 Blanketcleaning PL10
PL11
2 Start
PL12
3 Inching
(forward)
PL13
4 Inching
(reverse)
5 Paper feed
PL14
(continuous)
6 Paper feed
PL15
(single)
7 Pump (On)
PL16
8 Pump (Off)
PL17
9 1P impression On
PL18
10 1P dampening
PL19
11 1P dampening
PL1A
form roller (Auto)
12 1P dampening
PL1B
form roller (On)
13 1P inking form
PL1C
roller (Auto)
14 1P inking form
PL1D
roller (On)
Head clamp
PL1E
15 position
16 Tail clamp
position

C:=1

00
9-9

G20

MPU BOARD CNI ( NPUT)

Switch Installation
panel name

No
0

OP-S
0
0
OP-S

O
0

M-S

0
0
0
00

Center
Center
Paper feed unit

Paper feed unit

(X19)
(X20)
(X21)
(X22)
(X24)
(X25)
(X26)

00

(X27)

0
00
0

(X18)

00

00

(X17)

(X28)
(X29)
(X30)
(X31)

SIGNAL

INDI
CATOR

2P dampening
P120
form roller (Auto)
18 2P dampening
pill
form roller (On)
19 2P inking form
P122
roller (Auto)
20 2P inking form
P123
roller (On)
21 Unit selection (1P)
PL24
22 Unit selection (2P)
PL25
23
2P impression On PL26
24 2P dampening
PL27
Unit selection for
PL28
25 clamp position
26 Auto impression PL29
27 Double sheet
PL2A
detection
PL2B
28 1P LS1
29 1P LS2
PL2C
17

30 2P LS1
31 2P LS2

PL2D

32 Handle cover

PL2F

PL2E

PL1F

Limit
switch

__Open
connector

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit
OP-S
Center
M-S
Inching

Paper feed unit operation panel


Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center operation panel
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching panel

C248 CONNECTION INPUT (No. 2 )

C48

SF
C48SF C248E C248L SF
C248 C248
E
L

O O

G20

P20 G20
Switch Installation
panel name
(Control panel)

No

------------X34

(Inverter)

oo

oo
(X36)
(X37)

(X38)

OP-S
0

OP-S
OP-S

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

0-2DAM

(X39)

___________oo

o (X42)
(X43)
o

(X44)
(X45)
(X46)

_9
Alternate

0 0 Momentary
0 -

O
0

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

No

33

Pump thermal

PL30

49

34
35

Inverter trip
CD jam limit

PL31
PL32

50

36

Delivery dolly
lower limit detect.

PL33

51

1P dampening
37 solution feed (On)

PL34

2P dampening
38 solution feed (On)

pL35

39 Count On/Off

PL36

40

PL37

41

PL38

1P blanket jam
sensor
Delivery dolly
43 paper height
42

52
53

X 54)

55

1 1_39

56

X57
X58

PL3A

feed PL3B
44 Paper
unit
45 paper
PL3C
Paper
sensor
46 Blanket jam PL3D
sensor
PL3E
47
48 OP-S center PL3F
cover limit
1 = 1

0 0

Limit switch

54

Open connector

SIGNAL
1P OP-S cover
limit
2P OP-S cover
limit
1P dampening
unit cover limit
1P upper unit
cover limit
Paper feed
unit M-S cover
limit
Impression
cylinder cover
limit
2P upper unit
cover limit

CD unit cover limit


57 1P M-S cover limit

INDI
CATOR
PL40
PL41
P L42

P L43
PL44
PL45
PL46
PL47
PL48

58 2P M-S cover limit

PL49

59

P L4A

60

P L4 B

61

PL4C

62

PL4D

63

PL4E

64

PL4F

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit
OP-S
Center
M-S
Inching

Paper feed unit operation panel


Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center operation panel
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching panel

SF SF
C48 C48SF C248E C248L C248 C248
E

0 C248 CONNECTION INPUT (No. 3 )

P20 G20

MPU BOARD CNO (INPUT, INTERRUPT)


SIGNAL

INDICATOR

(X65)

1 Timing pule
sensor

PL50

(X66)

2 Paper reference
sensor

PL51

3 1P plate cylinder
reference sensor

P152

4 2P plate cylinder
reference sensor

PL53

5 Double sheet
detection
6 Abort
PL55
7 Stop
PL56
8

PL54

Switch Installation

No

panel name
(Control panel)

(Inverter)

1--0 0
(X67)
_______________ 0 (X68)

____________________r_H a

(X69)

OP-S
I

co

_______________0 0
I--(X70)
________________ 0
( X 7 1 A X71)

OP -S

NI
I

Paper feed unit,


center, M-S

Paper feed unit Center

0 0 Momentary

00 Alternate

oO

0 0

9==9

M-S

Limit switch

PL57

9
10

PL58

11

PL5A

PL59

12

PL5B

13

PL5C

14

PL5D

15

PL5E

16

PL5F

Open connector

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching panel

SF
C48 C48SF C248E C248L C248 SF
C248
L

0 C248 CONNECTION OUTPUT (No. 1 )

O O

P24 G24

MPU BOARD
T1 (TRANSISTOR OUTPUT)

Switch installation
panel name

INDICATOR
1
PL70 Y1
Paper feed SOL
2 Start LED
PL71 Y2
Buzzer
PL72 Y3
3
4
ON
PL73 (Y4)
Spray
SIGNAL

No

Electromagnetic
5 counter

PL74

31
W i JP
l m a

Y5

co
TRANSISTOR

pL75

Inside control panel


(for maintenance)

7 1P dampening
ductor SOL

PL76

8 2P dampening
ductor SOL

PL77

On 9

Y8
(Y9)

9 1P ink ductor SOL

PL78

10 2P ink ductor SOL

PL79

11

PL7A

12

PL7B

13 Air blow SOL

PL7C

14 1P blanket
cleaner pump

PL7D (Y14)

15 2P blanket
cleaner pump

PL7E

16 1P selection LED
17 G24

PL7F

18 G24
19 P24
20 P24

Auto 1P dampening ductor SW


(Y7A)

Auto 2P dampening du tor SW

Off
(Y8A)
On
Auto
9 1P ink ductor SW
ioff o
On 9
(Y9A)

Y10

Auto 2P ink ductor


Off
On 9
(Vi OA)

PL80

PL81

PL82

PL83

Dampening
6 fountain starter 1

OP-S
OP-S

11 :

OP-S

Reverse
11 (main motor)

PL87

Y27

12 INVERTE
R

Inching
12 (main motor)

PL88

Y28

13

Y29

14

Constant speed
PL89
13 (main motor)
14 COM

Blanket cleaning

(Y15)

L0

is,

Center

1 OPTION X

PL86

PL85

RELAY

(Control panel)

Forward
10 (main motor)

Dampening
8 fountain starter 2

OP-S

Y17

(Y22)
a
201q1 Speed
(Y3)Control
( B pack A
(Y24)
20Ki2
Speed (Y2
(Y 5)Control
pac C5A
k
Y26
I1

PL84

(Y13)

(Y16)

magnetic

INDICATOR

Y6
Y7

SIGNAL

1 Pump

05)

(maintenance)
Delivery dolly
6 lower SOL

No

Paper feed unit


M-S
TRANSISTOR

14

P24

MPU BOARD
T2 (TRANSISTOR & RELAY OUTPUT)

COM G

DV-551

OP-S
(dampening
feed) Panel VR
OP-S
(dampening
feed) Panel VR

C248 CONNECTION OUTPUT (No. 2 )

C48

-SF
C48SF C248E C248L -SF
C248 C248
E
L

O O

T RIA

MPU BOARD
T3 (200 VAC RELAY OUTPUT)
No

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

1 COM
(Y30)

2 PB pressure
SOL
1P impression
3 SOL

PL60

4 2P PB pressure
SOL
2P impression
5 SOL

PL62 (Y32)
PL63 (Y33)
PL64

2P single lever
7 SOL
8

PL65

Double sheet
9 eliminate SOL

PL67

12 Jam stopper SOL


Anti-static
13
14 1P dampening
fountain motor
2P dampening
15 fountain motor
1P blanket
16 cleaning air valve
2P blanket
17 cleaning air valve
18
19 G24
20 P24

1 -0 -1
TEST N

PL61 (Y31)

1P single lever
6 SOL

10 COM
11

(Y34)
(Y35)

PL66
(Y37)

1- -1
1-

4-

11
3 -1

PL68
PL69 (Y39)
PLEA

F-4131-1
E.LI_

PLED
PL6E

.1,619
10 S22M ___
Speed
2
10
S22M
_
_
_
2__Speed control pack

PL6B (Y41)
PL6C

B A

(Y42)
(Y43)

8x61
D C

Y44

9
Y4

P24

PL6F
< G241
P24

DC24V

(SPS)
M-S panel
SPY sprat SW

_______0

RIA

C248 DAMPENING FOUNTAIN MOTOR CONNECTION

SF SF
C 4 8 C48SF C248E C248L C248 C248L
E

O O

Y23 Y22
0 _________________5KS
2
5KS1
VR3 VR4
Y23A
c 9

R1 <__
AC200V

Y41
o

;;5 1

T <

2
NO. 1
0
0

3
4

01
0

11

"(

1-2

1-3
1-1

20K0

1-2

1-3

VRI

h
it

1-3C

C1
e 1
Jr

Blue

Jor Black

Jo

Yellow

Blue
Blue

WP 1
Dampen ng
fountain motor
(1st color)

Y24 Y25

8
5KS2
VR6

2Y4

07

NO. 2
0

VR2
20KS2

5K12 VR5
Y25A
`11
2-2

W hite

-2

Blue
2-3C

2-3

2-3
4

2-1
2-11

Black

Cl
1

WP 2

Dampen ng
fountain motor
"(Yellow (2nd color)
( Blue
Blue

C48 C48S C248 C248 -SF -SF


C248 C24
L
E
F
E
8L
PL
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
IA
18
IC
ID
1E
IF
a
a
72
23
24
25
a
27
23
a
2A
28
2C
ay
2E
a
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
3g
3A
38
3C
30
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
45
47
48
49
4A
48

4C
40
4E
4F

SIGNAL NAME
Bagel deaning
Sian
holing (Forward)
Inching (Reverse)
Para had (Canino:ee)
Pans hied (Single)
PumP (011)
PlimP (Off)
1P impression ON
IP dnInFerling
1P dampening firm roger (auto)
1P dampening form ruler (On)
IP inking form roller (Auto)
IP inking fon miler (On)
Head elan() Finnigan
Tall damp position
2P dempering tam roar (Auto)
2P dampening form Wier (On)
2P inking form roller (Palo)
2P inking tam ruler (On)
Unit selection (IP)
Unit selection (2P)
2P impression On
2P dampening
Clamp position unit selection
Aura impression On
Double sheet feed selection
1P LS1
IP LS2
2P LS1
2P LS2
Handle cover
Pump thermal
Inverter kip
CD jam limit
Delivery doly lower knit detections
1P dampening feed (0n)
2P dampenng feed (On)
Count On/Off
IP blanket jam sensor
DeiVety dolly paper height sensa
Paper feed Wit paper detection sensa
Paper detecion sensor
Blanket jam SOW
OP-S center cover
IP OP-S cover
2P OP-S one
1P damming unit cover
1P upper unit cover
Paper feed unit M-S met
knpression cinder cover
2P upper unit cover
CD unit osier
1P MS cover
2P MS cover

X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
X9
X10
X11
X12
X13
X14
X15
X16
X17
X18
X19
X20
X21
X22
X23
X24
X25
X26
X27
X28
X29
X30
X31
X32
X33
X34
X35
X36
X37
X38
X39
X40
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
X47
X48
X49
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
X57
X58
X59
X60
X61
X62
X63
X64

O O

C248 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL STRIP AND


INDICATOR LED LAYOUT
To MOM LED on paper TO KEISU
LED
feed
unit operation panel on OP-S
>

TO DIGI-SW
on OP-S
pane

I0I

0
TO

CNN

111
/14
1
MSS

P
C
1
0
0
1
0
3P
2
C
0
2
1
3PC
3
0
0
P
4
C
0
4

To printing
condition display
(PCP-01)
0

CN3

CN2

DIDECIDECIE1

001ti

SWI SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

PC3
4

PC3

_M.

PC2

PC

1
AO
100

ggg gEn gggE ggn


P
PC22____PC231
C
OG24
5678910111213IA15
12
163all4MVHVH
TI

III
Is)
>- >-

I I I I I I I I I I I I t' t

0 *0
43s 0
.11.
s0 01
>- >-1-
>- >- ----------------------------------------01
>- >- >- >- >>- 0 0.

030
SA
O
690
660

2.13V 3631:

SW3:
SW4:

670
660
615
0

P24
624

2345678910

0
11
co

7- 7-

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CM PO .4 0 Ps Ch

CO
C4
CMCM
C4CM

Blanket cleaning cleaning time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for Type E.
Air blow time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for Type E.
No. of dampening rotations (1 scale unit = 1 rotation)
No. of inking rotations (1 scale unit = 1 rotation)
Country data of printing condition display panel (0 = Japan, 1 = France, 2 = U.S.A., etc.)
Dampening ductor solenoid sampling action (1 scale unit = 1 rotation). 0 for Type E.

Y44
Y43
Y42

Y
4

P
C

RI
Y37
Y36
Y35
Y34
Y33
Y32
Y3 I

P
C

640

0000 0000
o801
[=?C310:3PC32
41 ___1PC3

SW1:
SW2:

i -

1 pcm

PC26
E
F
O

140
100
150
110
160
120
170
130
PC7
PC6
2
240
200
2
250
210
8
9
2
260
220
4 270 230
2
EPCII
PC I0
3
3
3
4
9
0
0
0
0
3
3
9
5
330 0 RUN
0P
0P
PC I OHALT
4
4
400
OSERR
8
4
4
42011
0
0
OVccl4
4
180
190

63
0
6
6
102

P
C

58
5C
5D
5E
5F
93
6
1
62
63
64
65
66
67
61
3
8
3
68
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
7
1
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
7
9
7A
7B
7C
7D

T3
T2

SIGNALNAME
X65
Tiring pulse sensor
Paper reference sensor
X66
1P plate cider reference sensor X67
2P pia cylinder reference sensor X68
Dooklesheet detection
X69
Mort
X70
X71
Stop

5
9
5,4

CN6

CN4

CN5

P
C
5
0
0
5
1P
58
0
5
9

-1_

P
L
50
5
1
52
53
54
55
56
5
7
58

7F
1
3
8
1
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
93
9
1

IP PB pressure SOL
IP impression SOL
2P PB pressure SOL
2Pimpression SOL
113 angleleverSOL
2Psingle lever SOL
Double sheet eimkrate SOL
Jan steppe SOL
Ani-staic
dampraing famtain motor
21) dampening founkinmotor
1P blanket dewing eir valve
2P blanket clewing air valve
PaperleadSOL
StartLED
Pressbuzzer
SprayON
Becromagnetic counter
Delivery doly lower SOL
1P dampening ductx SOL
2Pdampening dusky SOL
113 ink duces Kt
2Pink ductor SOL

Ai blow SOL
IP blanket dearer purnp
2Pblanket cleaner pump
1Pselection LED
Reapmagnet

Y30
Y31
Y32
Y33
Y34
Y35
V36
V37
Y38
V39
Y40
Y41
Y42
Y43
V44
YI
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
Y9
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Y18

1P dampening fountain starter Y22, Y23


2P danpening fountaki starter Y24, Y25
Y26
knead retake) (INV)
Y27
Reverse rotation (INV)
(
Y28
hohrag(911 )
Y29
Constant speed (INV)
IS1
IP dampening feed (Auto)
IS2
2Pdampening feed (Auks)

[6] Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C248SF)

C48 C48SF C248EC2481

0 C248SF PARTS ARRANGEMENT (OP-S)

0
0

ir

SF
C248E

29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16

OP center window cover limit


2P OP cover limit
1P OP cover limit
Handle cover limit
Double sheet detection limit
2P plate cylinder positioning
sensor
2P inking form limit
2P dampening form limit
2P dampening ductor solenoid
2P SL solenoid
2P impression solenoid
2P PB pressure solenoid
1P blanket jam sensor (receiver)
Delivery dolly height detection sensor
(receiver)
Delivery dolly lower solenoid
1P plate cylinder positioning
sensor
1P
inking form limit
1P dampening form limit
1P dampening ductor solenoid
1P SL solenoid
1P impression solenoid
1P PB pressure solenoid

15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07 Pump motor
200V
07 Pump motor
380V
06 Inverter
200V
06 Inverter
380V
05 Delivery OP panel
04 Center panel
'
03 Paper feed panel
E 200V
02 Control panel
L
200V
02 Control panel
02 Control panel
E 380V
02 Control panel
L
380V
01 Control box
200-240V
01 Control box
380/415V

-SF

E10-30-3
E10-30-3
E10-30-3
E10-29-3
E10-46-01-3
E26-75-3
E10-52-3
E10-52-3
E09-25-3
E09-51-3
E09-32-3
E09-32-3
E26-73-3
E26-84-02-3
E09-25-3
E26-75-3
E10-52-3
E10-52-3
E09-25-3
E09-51-3
E09-32-3
E09-32-3
E01-128-3
E01-91-01-3
E46-01-01-3
E46-04-3
E51-83-2B-3
E51-82-1B-3
E51-81-2B-3
E46-05-1A-3
E46-05-1B-3
E46-05-2A-3
E46-05-2B-3
E53-72-1A-3
E53-72-3A-3

C48 C48Sr C248E C2481

I
F

-SF

0 C248SF PARTS ARRANGEMENT (NOP-S)

O
D

C248E

45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
23
22
21
20
19
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
03
02
01

2P upper cover limit


Air blow solenoid
CD cover limit
2P M-S cover limit
2P ink cover limit
Impression cylinder cover limit
1P M-S cover limit
1P ink cover limit
1P dampening solution cover limit
2P dampening fountain motor
1P dampening fountain motor
Double sheet detection timing sensor
Paper feed head safety limit
Paper feed table lower limit
Paper feed table upper limit
Finger position verification limit
Paper feed table raise stop limit
Paperteedtablepaperheightdetectionsensor
Finger release solenoid
Paper raise solenoid
Paper feed solenoid
Clutch solenoid
Paper feed table raise / lower motor
Motor
380V
Anti-static bar
Anti-static transformer
Buzzer
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (60 Hz)
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (50 Hz)
Delivery dolly lower limit magnet
Delivery dolly lower reed switch
Delivery dolly height detection sensor (emitter)
CD jam limit
Fluorescent lamp
Spray valve
Pulse sensor
Reference position sensor
2P blanket jam sensor
2P ink ductor solenoid
1P blanket jam sensor (emitter)
1P ink ductor solenoid
Jam stopper solenoid
Double sheet detection sensor (receiver)
Double sheet detection sensor (emitter)
Main motor
200V
Main motor
380/415V
Inching panel
Delivery M panel

MI&

-SF
0

E10-29-3
E09-25-3
E10-29-3
E10-30-3
E10-29-3
E10-29-3
E10-30-3
E10-29-3
El 0-29-3
E01-120-3
E01-120-3
E26-75-3
E 1 0-38-3
E01-20-3
E-101-21
E10-29-3
E 1 0-29-3
E26-75-3
E09-52-3
E-101-48
E-101-48
E-101-44
E-101-38
E01-92-3
El 1-02-01-7
El 1-01-05-3
E03-34-3
E20-11-3
E20-10-3
E10-14-3
E10-12-3
E26-84-01-3
E10-38-3
E24-11-1A-3
E09-42-01-3
E26-83-3
E26-75-3
E26-74-3
E09-25-3
E26-72-3
E09-25-3
E09-29-3
E26-69-3
E26-68-3
E01-100-3
E01-125-3
E51-85-1B-3
E51-84-2B-3

C48

0 C248SF CONNECTION DIAGRAM

C48SF C248
E

C248L

-SF
-SF
C24/ C248L
F

O O

able raise motor

0.2KW
T
FU2 (5A)
K I A>

til

AC200V SOL

6B4B4I

_>P24

CS
5g 5V

220
V
200v

FUI(3A

R
I

_
>G24

_> P20

NFrzi i9Z
<
3

16
V
A3

427___T2
FLU------------------0

1 0 0 v F U 5
m

M:toy/a

Shielded transformer

TRF I 380VA

U161,\I 14,W149 ,2032


4

N 0 rC ; 1

Main motor I . 5KW

OP-S panel

A)

OV

stn E

Pump motor() 75KW


S T
(Matsushita Electric)
11:3 x34
INVERTER DV-551
U V If
E 5V FIN G
I I G 12 13 I k Gfpl G20
9 9________9 9 9 9
9I 9 9
I 9I
I

g
n

VA
OV

00V

0.75021

FU4(2A)

Do.wC5erV

c2 +
601EST
10000 a

13a

>G20

C48 C48SF C248E C248L

C248SF CONNECTION DIAGRAM

CS

Ro so

220V rOV.0 R2

220V

4 I 5V*
380V z i

FU I (3A
=1/
RI

R03A

____________________/
----------------------------------------- ")v

OV

200V
L
4 1 2 Ov
TT

NF

14

0 0.75025 A8 ov

V.

Shielded transformer

TRF I 380VA

Pump motor 0 75KW


S

U V

Uli

-0.3. SI; X34

INVERTER FVR-G7S (Fuji Electric) I.


W
9

E I I 12 13

xWI

FWD CM REY X I X2 "0302 G20


9 9 9 9 9

I J 2033
*". I
In

0 6.1411f ir

rMain motor

I .5KW OP-S panel

I I

I
E

( i v y'
__________s G24
Table raise motor
__s P20
0.2KW
C2
5001
10000 1.001

FU2 (5A)
A4
Fi I A>
Shielded transformer
AC200V SOL
6B4B4 I X2
TRF2 420VA
>G20
__* P24
1 0 0 FU5(IA)
10e/46 bZi AA D .C5V y1
OV
power
-->v.. MPU
A6
> GND Board

T3A
F

A2

C 4 8 C48SFC248 C248L SF SF
C248 C248L
E
E

O O

2P blanket
cleaning solution
pump
DC m9 or
30200V-220V

(1)

CU3Jam link

Th 2P/upper
2
"'" cover
C

ryi

Delivery
bYrer

Odelea
CD
uni

Limit Switch
IP

da
llinceng
IPMrin
5

41.
0

2PM5

Solenoid Valve
Limit Switch
spray
11.151
IP
J152
a m (3) 071, yL51
0
0
e
e
0
ulcilr: $01 0
ram
RP"
Main gir
motor
OP-5
et, IP OPZ- ail 02P1P
0
Femur
Buzzer
Markelint
otiow
OMdeaning ''''
COM
ak
Pump motore safely
IP
valve
be co
0b IP lop
dampening
paper"
_
A
1)
(
glublzgre 0
UTZ:
cleaning
0
0 nil
ISM
cet
solutio
Solenoid Valve
solutio

w
O

a,

ut,

Delivery

1Pbled*

reutefor e
=
mor
&Wei
c ith
Centre
npornce
To Pulse

ning

Sensor
new
siPaper
teed
dor
li
17 11Per
9
eas
R DOrtl
" et
aldete
ction

t,2PisFlidvre
rer

= I I Wr a r

Double
Transformer
Power switch
detectia

380 V (380
spec. only)

e 2' 2;L521r: $,.0


d

Handle

teed
loi
ateowe
2P blarit
r hi
sake

'

mat
confirm.

OP-5
carter

gni

CONTROL
Blanket
621inion
pm
sensor
PANEL

Fluorescent lamp

0 C248SF CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
1P blanket
cleaning solution
pump
Paper feed table DC1"
raise/lower
motor
Inside
contr
tor
ol KW
panel

ruerroi . ithsa.
wer m r so Paper
NMI
Inside
delivery
40
0 `
/ 1P
2Control.
a blanket
/IP
3jPB
2c
0
0
0 apressu
unitd:se
ZP PB 30_
Anti-static
pressure
re
pock

S e n spanel
or
OP-S

Nkomo

111111
I 00V
control
INVERTER
Pack
3P
illeC110/01
transform
toleran

1.5 kW
1P dampening
solution motor
so
lut
io
n
m
ot
or
25
W
25
W

C48 C48SF C248E C248L 1,48F w481


C248SF CONNECTION DIAGRAM

Paper Delivery
Unit M-S Panel

P2A (3 poles)

Start

Stop

Inching (Forward)

Inching (Reverse)

Unit selection

Pump (On)

Pump (Off)

Spray On/Off

Blanket cleaning

Ink cleaning On/Off

E3 E3 P2 (15 poles)

S2A (3 poles)

S2 (15 poles)

Inching Panel

Paper Feed Unit


Operation Panel

Paper Delivery
Unit OP-S Panel
(1) Paper teed On/Off
q)
Count LED
0
Count switch
(9
Count On/Oft
Stop
Speed VR
i
2P damp. form roller
On
6
2P ink form roller
On/Off/Auto
1Pdamp.
gi
solutionfeed VR
00 2P
VRdamp.solution
feed
1P
damp. fee d
solutf/Autoion
On/Of
2Pd O amp.s
0
olutionductor
Off/Auto
1P damp.
0,
On/Off/Auto
2P damp. ductor
cp On/Off/Auto
1P
0
On/Of inkf/A ductoruto
0 2P ink ductor
On/Off/Aut

Center Operation Panel


1Pinking lorm roller
On/Off/Auto
1Pdampening tom
roller On/Oft/Auto
1P impression
On/Oft/Dampening
2P impression
On/Off/Dampening

a
0

Slop

1P selection

Head damp position

Tall damp position

Inching (Forward)

Inching (Reverse)

Paper feed table

Paper feed table

stop feed table


Paper

tower
Start

.
a

Stop
Inching (Forward)

Inching (Reverse)

Paper feed On/Off

Pump On/Off

Auto Impression
On/Off
Double sheet

412, LED display 11-126


P8 (3 poles)
P3 (9 poles) P4 (15 poles) P5 (3 poles) S6 (15 poles)
, P7 (15 poles)

Ea E3
B E3
S3 (9 poles) 54 (15 poles) 55 (3 poles) S6 (15 poles)
S7 (15 poles)
S8 (3 poles)

Inching (Forward) Inching


(Reverse)

P1 (16 poles)

/22

1 . 5 n/ 2 n

S1 (6 poles)

2.5n

CONTROL PANEL

00

-sr

C248SF CONNECTION INPUT (No. 1)

C48 C48SF C248E C248L C248E SF


C248
L

G20
MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

Switch Installation
panel name

(X1)
o (X2)
(X3)
0

M-S
Paper feed unit, M-S
Paper feed unit,
center, M-S, inching
Paper feed unit,
Center M-S, inching

o
0

sz\__

Paper feed unit, M-S

Center

(X4)

(X7)
(X8)
(
X
(
X

O
O

Center

Center

(X13)
(X14)

(X15)
(X16)

Center
O

0 0 Momentary

OHO Alternate
0

PL 15

0 0
.4

0 -

PL14

7 Pump (On)
8 Pump
(Off)
99 1P
)
impression On
110 0
)
1P dampening
11 1P dampening
form roller (Auto)
1P dampening
12 form roller (On)
13 1P inking form
roller (Auto)
14 1P inking form
roller (On)
Head clamp
15 position
16 Tail clamp
.
positron

(X12)

9-9

PL16
PL17
PL19

Center

PL1B

___(X17)

17

_(X18)

18

_(X19)

O
O
0
0
O 0
00
00
OHO

M-S
Center

No

OP-S

PL18

PL1A

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

Switch Installation
panel name

INDISIGNAL
No
CATOR
PL10
1 Blanket
cleaning
PL11
Start
2
OP-S
PL12
3 Inching(forward)
PL13
4 Inching (reverse)

(X11)
Center

G20

Paper feed
Paper feed

00
==1
r==r
00
c=1

PL1C
PL1D
PL1E

(X20)
(X21)
(X22)
(X24)
(X25)
(X26)
(X27)
(X28)
(X29)
(X30)
(X31)

19
20
21

SIGNAL
2P dampening
form roller (Auto)
2P dampening
form roller (On)
2P inking form
roller (Auto)
2P inking form
roller (On)
Unit
selection (1P)
Unit selection
(2P)

22
23
2P impression On
24
2P dampening
Unit selection for
25 clamp position
26 Auto impression
27 Double sheet
detection
28 1P LS1
29 1P LS2

INDI
CATOR
PL20
PL21
PL22
PL23
PL24
PL25
PL26
PL27
PL28
PL29
PL2A
PL2B
PL2C

30 2P LS1
31 2P LS2

PL2D

32 Handle cover

PL2F

PL2E

PL1F

Limit switch

Open connector

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching panel

C248SF CONNECTION INPUT (No. 2 )

C 4 8 C48SF C248E C248L

SF SF
C248 C248L
E

P20 G20
Switch Installation
panel name
(Control panel)

Pump

L0_141_ ..1(133A

Table raise

(233

),_
X-34

(Inverter)

(X36)

0
0

OP-S

OP-S

(X37)

0 - IDAM

O____________

2DAivIX____38)

(X40)

(.0
.1=*

Fr1 1 0
M-S

PL30

34 Inverter trip
CD jam limit
Delivery dolly
36
lower limit detect.

PL31
PL32

37 1P dampening
solution feed (On)
2P dampening
38
solution feed (On)
39 Count On/Off

PL34

Paper feed unit


40 paper height
sensor

(X 44)
47
( X 4 5 ) OP-S center
48

Alternate

Momentary
0

O
0

cover limit
00
9-(;)

MPU BOARD CNI ( NPUT)

INDICATOR

33 Pump thermal

45 Paper sensor
Blanket jam
46 sensor

10 0

SIGNAL

41 Ink cleaning
( X 4 2 ) 1P blanket jam
42 sensor
Delivery dolly
43
paper height
detection
( X 4 44
3 ) Paper feed table
raisestop

I0 0

10 0

No

(X35) 35

OP-S

G20

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

No

__9

49
50

PL33

_9

52

PL35

SIGNAL
1P OP-S cover
limit
2P OP-S cover
limit
1P dampening
unit cover limit
1P upper unit
cover limit

64

55
56

PL37
PL38

57

pL33

(X59)
PL3A Paper feed, OP-S

(X60)

Paper feed, OP-S

0 0

INDICATOR
P140
PL41
PL42
PL43
PL44

53

PL36

pL36

Impression cylinder
cover limit
2P upper unit
cover limit
CDunit coverlimit
Mlimit
1P -S cover

P146

PL46
PL47
PL48

58

2P M-S cover limit

P149

59

Paper feed (On)

PL4A

60
61

Paper feed (Off)

PL4B

Paper feed table


upper limit

PL4C

PL3C

62

Paper feed table


lower limit

PL4D

PL3D

63

Feeder safety

PL4E

Finger release
confirmation

PL4F

PL3E
PL3F

64

__________0 0

(X64)

Limit switch
Open connector

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching panel

C248SF CONNECTION INPUT (No. 3 )

SF SF
C 4 8 C48SF C248E C248L C248 C248L
E

O O

P20 G20

MPU BOARD CNO (INPUT, INTERRUPT)


No

INDISwitch Installation
SIGNAL
CATOR

panel name

(X65)

(Control panel)
1 Timing pule
PL50
sensor
(Inverter) P151
2 Paper reference
sensor
3 1P plate cylinder
reference sensor

PL52

4 2P plate cylinder
reference sensor

P153

I~I

5 Double sheet
OP-SPL54
detection
6
PL55
OP-S
Abort
7
Paper feedPL56
unit,
Stop

to
cn

center, M-SF,157
Double sheet
8 detection

_L.

PL58

10

PL59

11

PL5A

12

PL5B

13

PL5C

14

PL5D

15

PL5E

16

PL5F

Momentary

Center
M-S

PO
7,1-1

(X66)

I _I

___________________0

(X67)

(X70)

______________________H1

1X71A
Paper feed unit Center

(X71)
M-S

(X72)
Double sheet
insertion amp

Installation panel:
Alternate Paper
Limit switch
feed unit Paper
O feed unit
0
operation panel
O OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center operation panel
Paper delivery unit M-S panel

,p o

Open connector

Inching

Inching panel

C248SF CONNECTION OUTPUT (No. 1 )

SIGNAL

No

PL70

2 Start LED

PL71
PL72

3 Buzzer
4 Spray ON

6 Delivery dolly
lower SOL

PL75

TRANSISTOR
CD

C1)

a rn

d u clo r &Wing

2P dampening
8 ductor SOL
9 1P ink ductor SOL
10 2P ink ductor SOL
Paper feed table
11 raise magnet

No

TRANSISTOR
Inside control panel
(for maintenance)

Auto I P dampeningdoor SW
(
On 9
Yl A
I
Auto 2PdampeningductorSW
IOff
On 9
(Y8A)

(Y7)
PL76
(Y8)
PL77
(Y9)

On 9

PL78

0
(Y9A)

PL79 (Y10)
NIA

Auto 2P ink ductorAW


(Y11)
o__________

Paper feed table PL7B (Y12)


12 lower magnet
(Y13)
PL7C
13 Air blow SOL
1P blanket
14 cleaner pump

P24

MPU BOARD
T2 (TRANSISTOR & RELAY OUTPUT)
SIGNAL
SW

magnetic
Pump

INDICATOR
PL80

Y17
(Control pan(

PL73
PL74

Paper feed unit


M-S

C48SF C248E C248L SF SF


C248 C248
E
L

O O

Electromagnetic
5 counter
(maintenance)

7 I

Switch Installation
panel name

INDICATOR

C48

P24 G24

MPU BOARD
T1 (TRANSISTOR OUTPUT)

PL7D

15 2P blanket
cleaner pump

PL7E

16 1P selection LED

PL7F

(Y14)

PL81

PL82

PL83

1- OPTION X

5
OP-S
OP-S
OP-S
OP-S

RELAY

}Table raise
(control panel)

}Blanket cleaning

(Y15)
(Y16)

Center

17 G24
18 G24
19 P24
20 P24

Dampening
6 fountain starter 1
7

PL84

Dampening
8 fountain starter 2
9

PL85

VR1

( Y 2 2 )

10 Forward
(main motor)

PL86

20KSI Speed
(Yo Control (Y23A
B pack A 0 (Y24)
20KSI Speed
(Y 5) Control (Y25A
D pack C
Y26
I1

11 Reverse
(main motor)

PL87

Y27

12

12 Inching
(main motor)

PL88

Y28

13

pL89

Y29

14 (Mainmotor)

13 Constant speed
(main motor)
14 COM

COM

INVERTER
DV-551

OP-S
(dampening
fe Panel VR
OP-S
(dampening
fe Panel VR

C248SF CONNECTION OUTPUT (No. 2 )

C48 C48SF C248E C248L

SIGNAL

1 COM
1P PB pressure
2 SOL
1P impression
3 SOL
4 2P PB pressure
SOL
2P impression
5 SOL
1P single lever
6 SOL
2P single lever
7 SOL
8 Paper feed SOL
Finger release
9 SOL
10
11
12
13

COM
Clutch SOL
Jam stopper SOL
Anti-static

1P dampening
14 fountain motor
2P dampening
15 fountain motor

INDICATOR
PL60

Y30)
--/

PL61

Y31)

PL62

Y32)

TEST N

PL63 Y33)
p164 Y34)
PL65

Y35)

PL66 (Y36)
PL67 (Y37)
Y38
PL68
PL69 (Y39)
PL6A
(Y40)
PL6B (Y41)

B A
81-t6
10 S22M ______________
2 peed control
pack
10
S22M
___pack
peed
control
2

pL6c (Y42)

16 1P blanket
cleaning air valve

PLED

17 2P blanket
cleaning air valve
18 Paper raise SOL

PL6E

19 G24
20 P24

C248L

T RIA

MPU BOARD
T3 (200 VAC RELAY OUTPUT)
No

-SF
C248E

(Y43)
D C

(Y44)

PL6F (Y45)

Y4

P24

17371
<

(SPS)
M-S panel
SPY sprat SW
0______0

RIA

(ft C248SF DAMPENING FOUNTAIN MOTOR CONNECTION

SF SF
C48 C48SF C248E C248L C248 C248L
E

O O

Y23 Y22
0 0____
0___

5K0
o 1Y4

R1 <_
AC200V

1-2

03__

1-3

1-3

01___

1
-1

1
1

ip
VRI
201(0

White

1-2

NO.1

51(0

Y23A

9
010
2

T <

Yg__

Blue
1-3C

Cl I

Black

WP1

Dampen ng
fountain motor
0 Yellow (1st cob )
Blue
Blue

VR2
20K0

Y25 Y24

0 0

0 06
0____________ 09
Y42
010
2

Yg_
5K0
White

2-2

NO. 2
0

2-3
2-3

2-1

2-11

0 11

2 -3 C
C1 I
1

Blue
10
WP 2
Black
Dampen ng
fountain motor
0 Yellow (2nd color)
Blue
0 Blue

SIGNAL NAME
Salim dewing
11 Shot
X2
12 hang (Femora
X3
13 Will Omen&
X4
14
XS
15
X$
16 Pane (On)
X7
17 Fur, (Off)
Na
16 IP impression ON
X9
19 IP dampening
X10
IA IP dimming lam rider (kb)
XII
h- 15 IP dampening Wm mkt (On) X12
10 IP idiom km rdler (kb)
X13
10 IP Viking fan rake (On)
X14
IE Head damp maim
X15
Tai
damp
podia(
IF
)06
20 2P danpening kern miler (Auto)
X17
21 2P dowering km maw (On)
X13
22
Wing tam raw (kb)
X19
23 2P Wing tam ads (0n)
X20
24 Unit seiticion (111
X21
Y22
Unit
eeledion
(2P)
25
28 2P impression On
)23
27 2P damming
X24
28 Clarop maim uritselmion
29 Pub impression On
XM
2A [kWh duet bed Medan
727
29 1P1S1
XM
2C IP LS2
)129
20 2P LSI
)00
2 2P LS2
X312F Nand* ewer
30 Pap thermal
X33
31 Inverter tip
X34
32 CD* knit
X35
33 Dairy defy bier imit &Won
X36
34 IP dampening feed (04
35 2P dampening feed (Di
2311
36 Ccurt0m011
X39
37 Paper bed wokwpmMight senior
X40
36 Ink dewing
39 IP blanket gon swear
3A DSIVirr ddli POPO, he& sewer
)(43
38 Ppm bed table raise lop
X44
30 Paper deleeke sonar
XIS
30 Moitotkan sensor
X46
3E
X47
3F OP-Scarier mew
X46
40 IP OP-S area
)149
41 2P0P-S wear
42 IP damped% unit come
43 IP upper mit cover
44
X53
XM
45 inpresicm Order caw
2P wow wit cow
X55
47 CD unit error
XS6
4$ IP Ma cam
Z7
2P MS caw
46 Pim WA PM
48 RW116411101)
XSO
IC Paper hod Wiewpar knit
40 Paper bed bible lower knit
742
4E Feeder ably
X63
4F Foyer release awkmation
X$4

x32

45) C248SF CONNECTOR, TERMINAL STRIP AND INDICATOR LED LAYOUT

'I
n

0
tv
O
TO

TO KEISU LED
on OP-S panel

TO DIGI-SW
on OP-S pane

To printing cond Lion


display (PCP-01)

560

I I cN2 __________________________________________________
1 11
643

CN

PC I3
5 0 0

560
570

5 1 0

5C0
500
5E0

5 3 0

PC6

oat gi

00000000 SW I SW2 SW3


S W4 6115 SW6 SW7 SW8

5 2 0

icui

P'at
580

PC4
100
CO
1
1E0
1FO
PC8
200
200

1
1
S
1
I

8 0
9 0
O
0 0

PC3

P C7
280
290
210

PC26

PC
140
ISO
160
170
240
250
260
270

2E0
seo
2 F 0PC I 2
P C 11 PCIO
^M.
3 9 3 MI
340
3C0
350
3
300
360
390
3E0
370
3130
3F0
P C 1 5 PC14
PC I 6
4
1
1
0
440
403
490 4N3
450
400
460
470

EECFOO
630

FC2
100
10
120
133
210
220
1

230
310
330
320

PCS

P027
SBO
IWO
EDO
ENO

PCI

ORUN

PCIlOHALT
40

4 10
420

43,

OSERR

248

g g g g g r a g fi i g
EIDPC22 I

TI

1PC23 EIDPC24

visr,0
0000 0000

OVt1._

oa8$

1:1)
PC30

Pc25

C 3

CO

>r? 10 i= i! >! `' " " " 4' A gs


>- >- >- >- 2- 0 0.

6
6
4
6

70
50
4
4 0

P C 1 3 2

630

1 2 3 4 $ 6 7 6 9 10 1112 13 14 IS 16 00 00VHVH

;:
III

PC26

pc99

620
610
600

T2

I-IS

7 -*

Pl.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

'M raYSV.

CNO PC 19
540

-SF -SF
C248E
C2421._

To MONI LED on paper


feed unit operation panel

9 8

C 4 8 C48SF C248E C248L

!11111"1

111

SWI:
SW2: Blanket cleaning time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for Type E.
SW3: Air blow time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for Type E.
SW4: No. of dampening rotations (1 scale unit =1
rotation) SW5
SW6: No. of inking rotations (1 scale unit - 1 rotation)
SW7: Country data of printing condition display panel (0 - Japan, 1 = France, 2 - USA, etc.)
SW8:Dampening ductor solenoid sampling action (1 scale unit =1 rotation). 0 for Type E.

0
sosollaliE

Thong pulse swim


X65
Peps releronce sew er
IP dale eWolor rokammtemer X67
2P pleb elkdarrodermiesonsa X68
Daubs died thlearran
Abut
)(70
Sew
X71
Double Wed dela=(WM**
X72
5$
50
SA
511
SC
5D
Y30
60
SE
Y31
SF
VH
P24 $ 2
Y32
1P NI produce SOL
Y33
024 CO
IP imprission SOL
Y34
64
11
2P
MI
mowers
SOL

Y35
17
Y44 6 6
2Pimpowion SOL
Y36
16
Y43 6 6
IP oink boor SOL
Y3T
CT
2PsingleIrmoSOL
Is
Y42
Paps bed SOL
Y39
14
Y4I
DoublesheetamboleSOL
Y40
is
Y40 O A
Cidth SOL
Y41
12
Y39
Jam lgper SM.
Ye
IC
11
MOW*,
Y43
D
113 dampeningUmbramdor
R I S6E
Y44
2P damps* ktintin mabr

IF
11Mlaket
Waning
*
vim
Y1
Y37
212 MINS doming it mew
Y2

71
Paper WeeSOL
Y3
Y36 7 2
70
Y4
7
Y35 7 3
Mat LED
Y5
Prose Dinar
6
Y34
YE
75
DPW
ON
5
Y33 7 6
&dramas** punier
4
Y32 7 7
Ye
Debug doly be. SOL
Y9
Y31 7 $
iP Wagoning *odor SOL
Y10
2
Y30 7 9
2PdamponingWebrSOL
Y11
IA
IP irk duelor SOL
Y12
75
2P ei du*: 931
0
V13
10
Paper bed tokierobe morel
Y14
Paw bed die bow magnet
Y15
k blow SOL
Y16
70
IP drawl dower gawp
Y17
7E
2P Markt dower PAP
Y111
7F
IP Wake LED
tO
Pump moral
62

$11
85
66
17

66
90

Y22, Y23
124,
Y26
927
Y53
329
/31
50

IP danpening Markin dab


2P damming WOW choler
Reward Mika MN)
Revers* region MN)
kv114111114
Candied weed (11N)
IP dermanbghod(Ado) 2Pdampening
bed(Ado)

[7] Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C48)

C48 C48SF C248E C2481

-SF

-SE

(i) C48 PARTS ARRANGEMENT (OP-S)

18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
06
06
05
04
03
02
01
01
01
01

OP cover limit
Handle cover limit
Power switch

E10-47-3
E10-29-3
E53-58-1A-3
Delivery dolly height detection sensor E26-84-02-3
(receiver)
Delivery dolly lower solenoid
E09-25-3
Plate cylinder position sensor
E26-75-3
Inking form confirmation limit
E10-52-3
Dampening form confirmation limit
El 0-52-3
Dampening ductor solenoid
E09-25-3
SL solenoid
E09-25-3
1P impression solenoid
E09-32-3
1P PB pressure solenoid
E09-32-3
Pump motor
Pump motor
Inverter
Delivery OP-S panel
Center operation panel
paper feed panel
Control panel
Control panel
Control panel

T200V
S220C
T380V

E
E
L

200V
380V
200V

Control panel

380V

E01-66-3
E01-86-3
E01-68-3
E46-01-02-3
E51-89-1A-3
E51 -88-1A-3
E51-87-1A-3
E46-06-1A-3
E46-06-3A-3
E46-06-1B-3
E46-06-3B-3

C48 PARTS ARRANGEMENT (NOP-S)

C48 C48SF C248E C248L

-SF
-SF
C248E C248L

29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
17
16
15
14

Air blow solenoid


Paper feed unit M-S cover limit
M-S cover limit
CD cover limit
Ink cover limit
Dampening solution cover Ord
Dampening fountain motor
Anti-static bar
Anti-static transbrmer
Blanket jam sensor
Double sheet detection limn
Buzzer
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (60 Hz)
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (50 Hz)
Delivery dolly lower limit magnet
Delivery dolly lower reed switch
Delivery dolly height
detection sensor (emitter)
13 CD lam limit
12 " Ruoresoerd lamp
11 Spray valve
10 Pulse sensor
09 Reference position sensor
06 Ink doctor solenoid
07 Jam stopper solenoid
06 Paper detection sensor
05 Paper detection sensor
04 Double sheet eliminate solenoid
03 Paper feed solenoid
02 Main motor
01 Delivery M panel

E09-25-3
El 0-47-3
El 0-47-3
E10.293
El 0-29-3
E09-29-3
E01-120-3
El 1-02-01-3
E11-01-05-3
E26-74-3
E10-02-3
E03-34-3
E20-11-3
E20-10-3
E10.14-3
E10.12-3
E26-84-01-3
El 0-38-3
E24-11-1A-3
E09-42-02-3
E26-83-3
E26-75-3
E09-25-3
E09-29-3
E26-80-3
E26-80-3
E09-02-02-3

E09-25-3
E01-74-3
E51-90-1A-3

C48 CONNECTION DIAGRAM

C48

FU2 (5A)

I
___CS
d4 a si a

w? I A>

C48S C248 C2481.


F
E

-S F -S F

__011048FIC

AC200V SOL
61341341

__> P24

22V FU3(5A)

ZU
Z
I0000

__> 624

V
0 __
A

FU4(2A)
tif

Ao
g

C16V
A0A3
OV

'e=.1 AAA (

A) oo

0.CSV
Shielded transformer

TRF I 250VA

Pump motor 0 . 75KW

RST
(YASUKAWA)
INVERTER VS-606 PB3

FLT-A
-> X34
16
-> G20

9 9 ______9 9 9
9
Ull vi WII
I
I
I
1
,
,
i ,
1
%0 I N c0 ON
1 s-r--.1---1I
1 11203E1
*
> - C .1
) NONNN
>- )- )i

Main motor I . 5KW

OP-S panel

IL

1 111
S8

1.91i

620 (IDA

C2

A4
A5

__ P20

1000 a

2
I8V

MPU

> v.
>

C48 CONNECTION
DIAGRAM

C48 C487 C248 C2481


E
0

FU2 (5A)
H I A>

AC200V

6B4B4 I
22V

415V0
380V

FUI (3A)
RI

NF

ZI1
I-99

7)77_T2 OV
200V,
OV V

FU3
( 5A
)
2
0
AI
VA
00V
A2
I
8V
00

0.7502E

1); 0Avs
Shielded
transformer

TRF I 250VA

75KW

6
R

FLT-A

INVERTER VS-606 PB3


UVW

IQ

E 10 13 12

u il v1 1 W I ;
,r
I
I
I I 203E
I
.,
-..

Main motor I .

5KW

OP-S

(YASUKAWA)
9 2

FLT-C
5 6

-> X34
-> G20

'PC

71(

o
v

_> G24
_ P20

FU4 (2A)

A3
A
4

Pump motor 0 .

61

)(IVA 16V

A7 )0
FL I1

-SF

_ > P24

CI
IA

-SF

I A)

_________

NA D . C5V

C2
50VE12
f
m
moo al
o f
H D
> G20

/,

_____> vcc
MPU
> GND Board

C48 CONNECTION DIAGRAM

C 4 8 C48SF C248E C248L


1P blanket cleaning
solution pump

-SF
248E c248L

moor
30200 V- 220V

Fl
Li

Transformer 380 V
(380 spec. only)

Power switch

M-S SIDE

OP-S SIDE

Limit Switch
O

Mom !ma

Delivery
dolly Wier
ink
detection

Safety

Limit Switch

Double
sheet
detectLS2
on

Ocover LSI

CD

Solenoid Valve
0

Spray valve

Doubl
e
seminal.
SOL
Buzzer

CONTROL PANEL
e

Anti-static
transforme
r

/
3 al
2C

Ak
bbw
SOL

/3

Timing

Fluorescen

Delver/
2t) lamp

inside
paper
control

Jam
WPM'PB
O SOL
pressur
eSOL
Market

Sensor
PB
pressure
Paper feed
reference
sensor
unk paper

pulse
Control

INVERTER

pack

Paper delivery
unit <
OP-S panel
VR
/

213

M
ai
n
m
ot
or

e Blanket

dealing ale
valve

e
Sensor

Beim
0
CD
dokPaPe
Paper
Blanket jam
e
r
height
detectbn
sensor
NNW
NNW
wawa)

detection

WO
0

Solenoid
Paper
feedValve
SOLImpression SOLSingle lever
CD
SOL
SOL

ink ductor

cleaner

I 00V

1P blanket
jam sensor

3P shield

ct,

ductor SOL

Dewy
daily
lower

Pump motor 1P
dampening
1.5 kW
0.75
kW
solution minor

25W

C48 C48SF C248E C248


C248L

C48 CONNECTION DIAGRAM

O
Paper Delivery
Unit OP-S Panel
Paper Delivery

(1)

Unit M-S Panel


o

Start

0
0

S1

PP
Inding (Forward)

CD

Inching (Reverse)

Pump (On)

Pump (OM
Blanket cleaning

Spray On/Off

gg

Paper leed
Single/Continuous
Count LLD
Countswitch
Count
Stop
On/Off
Speed VR
pargvfon roller
OnVAuto
Ink form roller
On/Off/Auto
Damp. solution feed
VR
parns.t.s/tutolution
feed avow
ductor
Onat/Auto
Ink ductor
On/Off/Auto

Paper Feed Unit


Center Operation Panel

Operation Panel

Impression
On/Off/Dampening
sto
p
Head damp position

St

Tail damp position

,o,

Inching (Reverse)

e
0

inching (Forward)

ill)

feed
Single/Continuous
Pump On/Off
Auto impression
On/Off
Double sheet paper
feed
Stop/Continuous

Inching (Reverse)

fb

Start
P
Inching (Forward)
Paper

Printing Condition
Display Panel (Type L on y)

Ten key 0-9, ENT, C


Speed display LED
Thin paper

Medium quality

High quake
Post card

Coated paper

Thick rice paper

0
0
CN6

P1 (15 poles)P

S1 (15 poles)

CO
NTR
OL
PAN
EL

-8SFEI -SF

94

48(

01) C48 CONNECTION INPUT (NO. 1)

C48

O
G20

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

Switch Installation
panel name
M-S
Paper feed unit, M-S
Paper feed unit,
center, M-S, inching
Paper feed unit,
Center M-S, inching

(X1)
o (X2
--I 0 (X3)
o
I 0 (X4)
0

No

ON 00

Paper feed unit, M-S


I

0,

OPS
OPS

(X8)
(X9)

(X11)

(X12)

(X13)

(X14)

SIGNAL

Blanket
cleaning
1
2 Start

Alternate

0 -

PL21

19

PL22

20

PL23

PL15
PL16

21

PL24

22

PL25

PL17

23

PL26

PL18

24

PL27

25

PL28

PL13

PL19

11 Dampening form
roller (Auto)

PL1A

12 Dampening
form roller (On)

PL1B

roller (Auto)
14 Inking form

Paper feed unit


Paper feed unit

(X26)

26

(X27)

27 Double sheet
feed selection
28 LS1

(X28)
(X29)

PL1C
PL1D
PL1E

29

Auto impression

LS2

PL29
PL2A
PL2B
PL2C

30

PL2D

31

PL2E

32

PL2F

PL1F

16

Momentary

18

PL14

15

0 0

PL20

13 Inking form

INDICATOR

17

PL11
PL12

7 Pump
(On)
8 Pump
(Off)
9
Impression On
10
Dampening

SIGNAL

No

CATOR
PL10

3 Inching
(forward)
4 Inching
(reverse)

roller (On)

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

Switch
INDI- I n s t a l l a t i

(X7)

G20

SF
C48S C248 C248L SF
C248 C248
E
F
E
L

0 0

9.9

Limit switch

Open connector

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching panel

C48 CONNECTION INPUT (NO. 2 )

C48

O
G20

P20 G20

MPU BOARD CNI ( NPUT)

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)


Switch Installation
No

panel name

INDICATOR

Pump thermal

PL30

49

PL40

((X-----------------34)

PL31
PL32

50

PL41

36

Inverter trip
CD
limit
jam
Delivery dolly
lower limit detect.

51

PL42

37

Dampening
solution feed (On)

PL34

52

PL43

53

PL44

54

PL45

0i

(X35)

(X37)

IDAM

(X39)

_______________0 0

ICI

(X43)

11

39
40

,0

Count On/Off

PL36
PL37

55

PL46

42

PL39

56

PL47

57

PL48

43

45
46

Delivery dolly
paper height
detection
Paper feed unit
paper sensor
Paper sensor
Blanket jam
sensor

47

Alternate
O

PL35

PL38

48

0 0 Momentary

P133

41

44

(X44)

fro

0 -

SIGNAL

34
35

38
OP-S

No

33

______________0___

OP-S

INDI
CATOR

X33

(Control panel)
(Inverter)

SIGNAL

SF
C48SF C248E C248L SF
C248 C248
E
L

Cover limit

0 0

9-9

PL3A
PUB
PL3C

58

PL49

59

PL4A

60

PL4B

61

PL4C

62

PL4D

PL3F

63

PL4E

PL3F

64

PL4F

PL3D

Limit switch

Open connector

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching panel

C48 CONNECTION INPUT (NO. 3 )

C 4 8 C48SF C248E C248L SF SF


C248E C248
L

P20 G20
MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT, INTERRUPT)

No

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

1 Timing pule
sensor

PL50

2 Paper reference
sensor

PL51

3 Plate cylinder
reference sensor

PL52

4
Switch Installation
panel name
Installation panel:
sheet
( X 65 5Double
)
(Control panel)
Open connector
detectionpanel
Limit switch Momentary
i t ]Paper
0 feed unit operation
AlternatePaper feed unit
0 0 delivery6 unit OP-S
out
0
OP-S
Paper
Cycle panel
(Inverter)
Center
0
Center operation
panel
7
110
Stop
M-S
Paper delivery unit
M-S panel
0Inching
(
X
6
86 )
Inching
panel
0
(X67)
0
9

PL53

4-9
0

OP-S

_________o o
_________--I
(X718

OP-S
Paper feed unit,

PL55
PL56
PL57
PL58

10

PL59

11

PL5A

12
(X69)
13
(X70)

PL5B

(X71A) 14(X71)

Paper feed unit Center

PL54

15
M-S
16

PL5C
PL5D
PL5E
PL5F

C48 CONNECTION OUTPUT (NO. 1 )

SF
C48 C48SF C248E C248L SF
C248 C248
L
E

P24 G24

MPU BOARD
T1 (TRANSISTOR OUTPUT)
No

SIGNAL

1 Paper feed SOL

P171

3 Press buzzer

PL72

4 Spray ON

PL73

Delivery dolly
6 lower SOL

TRANSISTO
R

PL70

2 Start LED

Electromagnetic
5 counter
(maintenance)

PL77

11

PL7A

12

PL7B
PL7C

Blanket
14 cleaner pump

PL7D

15

PL7E

16

PL7F

18 G24
19 P24
20 P24

(Y7) lkoutfot 01Pdan_024)_.Pening or

SW

magnetic
Pump

IND ICATOR
PL80

PL81

PL82

PL83

5
Dampening
6 fountain starter

PL84

Auto t P ink ductore


off

OP-S

Y14

10 Forward
(main motor)

P186

Reverse
11 (main motor)

PL87

Inching
(main motor)

PL88

Constant speed
(main motor)

PL89

13

}Blanket cleaning

}- DPTION X
(Y22)
VR 1
201q Speed
201q2
(YpControl (Y23A
B Pack A

12

(Y13)

(Control panel)

PL85

OP-S
RELAY

PL78
P179

SIGNAL

No

SW

10

17 G24

Inside control panel


(for maintenance)

PL75
PL76

13 Air blow SOL

Paper feed unit


M-S
TRANSISTOR

PL74

Dampening
7 ductor SOL

9 Ink ductor SOL

Switch Installation
panel name

INDICATOR

P24

MPU BOARD
T2 (TRANSISTOR & RELAY OUTPUT)

14 COM

INVERTER
VS606PB3

OP-S
(dampening feed
Panel VR

6 C48 CONNECTION OUTPUT (NO. 2 )

C48

O
T RIA

MPU BOARD
T3 (200 VAC RELAY OUTPUT)
No

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

1 COM
2 PB pressure
SOL
3 SOLImpression

Y30)
61
Y31) TEST

PL61
PL62

PL63

6 Single lever

PL64

SOL

-140--1

PL60

SF
C48SF C248E C248L SF
C248 C248
E
L

Y34)

PL65

PL66
DoubleL9sheet
eliminate SOL

10 COM
11

P 67 (Y37)

PL68

12 Jam stopper SOL


13 Anti-static
14 Dampening
fountain motor

PL69 (Y39)
PL6A
PLEB (Y41)

15

PL6C

Blanket
16 cleaning air valve

PLED

17

PL6E

18

PL6F

G24
19
20 P24

F41

B A

4
I
d spee
81,6 19

S22ottrol pael
l 2____

(Y43)
Y4
< P24
G24 I

'''

DC24V
M-S panel
SPY sprat SW

P24

(SPS)

RIA

C48 C48S 1248 1248 -SF -SF


C248 C24
F
E
1.
aL
E

0 C48 CONNECTION OUTPUT (No.


3)

o
6___

Y26
RI __
AC200V
1

010
2

_T <

1Y22'4
T Y 2 3

0 0____

NO.
1

3___

0
4__

VR1
20K
n

5Kn

I-2

Whit
e

I-2

WP I

1-3C

I-3
~C1
I

I-3

Yellow

, Blue

0_

II

Blue

C-

Dampening
fountain
motor

0 C48 CONNECTOR, TERMINAL STRIP AND INDICATOR LED LAYOUT


PL
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
18
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
28
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
39
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
48
4C
4D
4E
4F

SIGNAL NAME
Blanket cleaning
Start
Inching (Forward)
Inching (Reverse)

X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
Pump (On)
X7
Pump (Oft)
X8
Impression ON
X9
Dampening
X10
Dampening form roller (Auto) X11
Dampening form roller (On) X12
Inking form roller (Auto)
X13
Inking form roller (On)
X14
X15
X16
X17
X18
X19
X20
X21
X22
X23
X24
X25
Auto impression
X26
Double sheet feed selection X27
LSI
X28
LS2
X29
X30
X31
X32
Punp thermal
X33
Inverter trip
X34
CD jam limit
X35
Delivery dolly lower limit detection
X36
Dampening feed (On)
X37
X38
Count On/Off
X39
X40
X41
X42
Delivery dolly paper height sensor X43
Paper feed unitpaperdetection sensor X44
Paper detection sensor
X45
Blanket jam sensor
X46
X47
Cover limit
X48
X49
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
X57
X58
X59
X80
X61
X62
X63
X64

C48 C48SF C248E C248L

SF

SF

0
To MONI LED on paper TO KEISU LED TO DIGI-SW
feed unit operation panel on OP-S panel on OP-S pane
0
TO

ENO PCI9
540

CN
5
500
510
520
533
5

560

560
570

To printing condition
display (PCP-01)

CN4

Vlt 5Vi

PCI8

DI DODO El El

00Ei Egi

SWI SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

p(:34________ EE:3PC33".

5905837
50

acoPri

5/0

44
00
.._

503
CN

ic
o
co
i

PC3

PC4

160
190
I/O
180
PC7
280
290
240
250
PC11
380
390
340

1E
0

Pal
200

ao3
2E0
aF
o PCI2
300
300
3E0
3R)
400
400
4E0
4F0

PC16

480
490
480

PC15

ggg

103
110
1
130
20

1 2 3 4 5

6 7

PC27
EDO

LJ ORUN
-.- PCI OHALT
400
o sE RR
-.410
420
OV t.
430

CIO
860

R
Y37
Y36

680
0000

0-

000

1,0

Y35
Y34

640

5
4

j Y33
Y32
Y31

Y30

DEl031E9PC32 PC29
PC30

PC25

to 1112 1314 IS IS 11111811VIIVH

I I 1 1 I I I I 1 f 1111,

40
Y39

PC28

I2

633
620
610
600
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 111 2 1 3 0 8 1

12

Ill

Y44
Y43
is
Y42
14^Y41'
Y13
12
11

680

300
310
320
333

Pc23E:E=a1.4

P24
G24

18
17
16

200
210
220
230

WE Ott

PC22

TI

PCI

PC2
140 -,,
150 _._
1 60
-170
PC6
......240
250 ,..260
270 --PCIO
340
350 -.34/3
370
PC14
440
4E0
460
470

tm-' t'-'

II

SI Si A

111111111
13A'012,1

SW1:
SW2:
Blanket cleaning time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for
Type E.
SW3:
Air blow time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for Type E.
SW4:
No. of dampening rotations (1 scale unit = 1 rotation)
SW5 Dampening foontaln motor acceleration time (1 scale unit = 0.5 sec). 0 for Type E.
SW6:
No. of inking rotations (1 scale unit = 1 rotation)
SW7:
Country data of printing condition display panel (0 = Japan, 1 = France, 2

031CL RI
0

C248E

C248L

PL
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
58
5C
50
5E
5F
60
61

62

63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
68
6C
60
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
76
70
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91

SIGNAL NAME
Timing pulse sensor
X65
Paper reference sensor
X66
Plate cylinder reference sensor X67
X68
X69
Double sheet detection
X70
Cycle out
X71
Stop

PB pressure SOL
Impression SOL

Single lever SOL

Double sheet eliminate SOL


Jam stopper SOL
Anti-static
Dampening fountain motor
Blanket cleaning air valve

Paper feed SOL


Start LED
Press buzzer
Spray ON
Electromagnetic counter
Delivery dolly lower SOL
Dampening ductor SOL
Ink ductor SOL

Air blow SOL


Blanket cleaner pump

Pump magnet

1Pdampening fountain starter


Forward rotation (INV)
Reverse rotation (INV)
Inching (INV)
Constant speed (INV)

Y30
Y31
Y32
Y33
Y34
Y35
Y36
Y37
Y3E
Y39,
14
Y41
Y42
Y43
Y44
VI
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
Y9
Y10
Yll
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Y18

Y22, Y23
Y24, Y25
Y26
Y27
Y28
Y29
1St
162

181 Electric Parts Layout and Wiring Drawings (C48SF)

C48 C48SF C248E C248L


0

O C48SF PARTS ARRANGEMENT (0134)

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
07
07
06
05
04
03
02
02
02
02
01
01

-SF
-SF
C248E C248L

OP cover limit
Handle cover limit
Double sheet detection limit
Delivery dolly height detection sensor
(receiyer)
Delivery dolly lower solenoid
Plate cylinder positioning sensor
Inking form confirmation limit
Dampening form confirmation limit
Dampening ductor solenoid

El 0-47-3
E10-29-3
El 0-46-01-3
E26-84-02-3

SL solenoid
Impression solenoid
PB pressure solenoid

E09-52-3
E09-32-3
E09-32-3
E01-128-3
E01-91-01-3
E01-95-01-3
E46-05-3
E51-89-1A-3
E51-88-1A-3
E51-87-2A-3
E46-07-1A-3
E46-07-2A-3
E46-07-1B-3
E46-07-2B-3
E53-73-2A-3
E53-73-3A-3

Pump motor
T200/220V
Pump motor
T380V
Pump motor
T415V
Inverter
Delivery OP-S panel
Center operation panel
Paper feed panel
Control panel
E T200/220V
Control panel
E T380/415V
Control panel
L T200/220V
Control panel
L T380/415V
Control box
T220V
Control box
T380/415V

E09-25-3
E26-75-3
El 0-52-3
E10-52-3
E09-25-3

C48SF PARTS ARRANGEMENT (NOP-S)

C48 C48SF C248E C248L

SF
SF
C248E C248L

0
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
21
21
20
19
18
17
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01

CD cover limit
Inking unit cover limit
Dampening unit cover limit
Dampening fountain motor
Paper feed head safety limit
Paper feed table lower limit
Paper feed table upper limit
Finger position confirmation limit
Paper feed table upper stop limit
Paper height detection sensor
Finger release solenoid
Paper raise solenoid
Paper feed solenoid
Clutch solenoid
PaperfeedtableraiseilowermotorT200/220V
Paper feed table raise/lower motorT380V
Paper feed table raisedowermotorT415V
Anti-static bar
Anti-static transformer
Buzzer
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer
Fluorescent lamp stabilizer
Delivery dolly lower limit magnet
Delivery dolly lower reed switch
Delivery dolly height detection
sensor (emitter)
CD jam limit
Fluorescent lamp
Spray valve
Blanket jam sensor
Double sheet detection timing
sensor
Pulse sensor
Reference position sensor
Ink ductor solenoid
Jam stopper solenoid
Double sheet detection sensor
(receiver)
Double sheet detection sensor
(emitter)
--Main motor
10.
Delivery M panel
k.

E10-29-3
E10-29-3
E10-29-3
E01-120-3
E10-38-3
E10-20-3
E-101-21
E10-29-3
E10-29-3
E26-75-3
E09-52-3
E-101-48
E-101-48
E-101-44
E-101-38
E01-92-3
E01-96-3
E11-02-01-7
E11-01-05-3
E03-34-3
E20-11-3
E20-10-3
E10-14-3
E10-12-3
E26-84-01-3
E10-29-3
E24-11-1A-3
E09-42-02-3
E26-74-3
E26-75-3
E26-83-3
E26-75-3
E09-25-3
E09-29-3
E26-69-3
E26-68-3
E01-113-3
E51-90-2A-3

C48SF CONNECTION
DIAGRAM

C48 C48S 0248 C248 -SF -SF


C24f C248
F
r
1

____

_0
_0
_0

Table raise
motor

_0

FU2 (5A )

AC200V
SOL

RI A>

1____1

NF

A2
18
V

147

----------------------------

M
O 16
A

VII,
V111,2tet
1,1e

Malcoto
r

I.5KW

1*4'-

s-i--- r

,, ,
-

1
1
1

L.

OP-S panel

In

le

In 1

121

osi

egn

C2 +
50,1ZZU

10000 X
1311

__

G20

__> V MPU
> GND

Board

TRF I 250VA

Fib G20

(2A)

A6

Shielded
transformer

X34

FU4

FU5(IA)

v
717

FLT-A

____)1,
G24
_). P20

OV

0.7502E

16

A4

FLU

75KW (YASUKAWA)
RST
INVERTER VS-606 PB3

P24

00V0

77177 T2 OV

Pump motor a

_____

220V

FU I (3A
RI

6B4B4

C
C48SF CONNECTION
DIAGRAM

C48

C48S C248 C248t -SF


C248
..
E

-SF
C248
L

Table raise
motor

0.2KW
I

FU2 (5A)

RI_______A>
CS

AC200V
SOL

6B4B4 I
_ > P24

CI

FUI (3A)
RI

415V
380V

NF zl z
ri)9
7

100
00
NF

I.

_ > G24

A2
18V
______0

)71 T2 OV
200V

I
70 A3

_> P20
FU4 (2A)

VA
o0V

7 oov

A4

C2
50V Z
I000
0
1 . 5 1 5 k

FL
I 00

0 .75a25,8 ov

7 7 7

(IA)

>

A5

AA

Do.wCe5rV
Shielded
transformer

TRF I 250VA
Pump motor 0

75Kw
S T
INVERTER VS-606 PB3 (VASUKAWA)

VW

E 10 13 12

9256

I
I
I
U 11 VI W 21333

Main motor I .

LC

5KW

OP-S
panel

2
2

c el 81
r

FLT-A
_ -> X34
--> G20
FLT-C

vc. MPU
>

C48SF CONNECTION DIAGRAM


1P blanket cleaning
solution pump

moor

30200V-220V

Fl
_
0

M-S SIDE

Po
w
er
s
wit
ch

Transf
ormer
380 V
(380
spec.
only)
OP-S
SIDE

C48 C48SF C248E C248L

-SF

-SF

.C248 C248L
E

Limit Switch
Dalbery
CD pm Ilmk
Safety
O motor Pump motor 1P
dolly10%V
Main
dampening
er
Imil
1.5 kW
0.75 kW
solution
motor ODMIX
detection
25 W

Spay who

Air bbw
SOL

Marius pm
sensor

Burnt
Blanket
dsanim
solution
pump

(ID

Dainty
UMW

/Et

Timing
pubs
sensor

ey,

Solenoid Valve
Jam
0
stoppe
rSOL

Double
sheet
detectio
n

4)

Rimini*
Paper feed
table paper
WI
detection

ink ducts
SOL

Finger
MONO
confirm.
Blanket
cleaning air
sake

sa.

al

Double
sheet
detectio
n

Paper
detection

sensor Paper
sensor
releren sensor

Limit Switch
01)
PIP( Ind
table upper
Imt
BO

LS2

019

PB

(V

eSOL
Cloth SOL CD

(1)
CD

Solenoid Valve
CP Single lever 14)
SOL
drily lower
Paper rube 0
Paper bed 0
SOL
SOL

Impression
SOL

pressur
CONTROL
PANEL

11

al

Q0

(1)

Sensor
oti Paper bed
unit paper
detembn
WM

LSI

ce

Paper bed 12
table laver
magnet
/ 3
/3 3 / 20
Anti-static
2 0 Plate
(1)
0
transformer
qinder
r
Mere=
111111301

Paper delivery unit ______3P


OP-S
panel
VR

INVERTER

pack

3
20

Damming
actor SOL

(10

Finger

release

_______ 100V
Fluorescent
lamp
Delivery
Inside
doff Mot
height
control
sensor
freceiven
I

Control
shield

Feeder
safety

PoPor food
table lower
limit

CO

Sensor
(V

Dainty
SOL
Paper bed
table raise
Minn

CUSP CONNECTION DIAGRAM

C48

Paper Delivery
Unit OP-S Panel

Paper Delivery
Unit M-S Panel

Start

St9
Inching (Forward)

(:)
8

8
0

et,
8

inching (Reverse)

Pump (On)

PumP (OM
Blanket cleaning

Spray On/Off

Ink deaning

E3 P1 (15 poles)
S1 (15 poles)

Paper feed On/Off


Count LED
Count switch
Count On/Off
Slot)
Speed VR
Damp. form roller
On/Off/Auto
Ink form roller
On/Off/Auto
Damp. solution teed
VR
Damp. solution teed
On/Off/Auto
Damp. ductor
On/Off/Auto
Ink ductor
On/Off/Auto

P2 (6 poles)

P3(15poles)

Center Operation Panel


0

Paper Feed
Unit Operation Panel
8
0

Impression
On/Off/Dampening

Start

Stop

a
08
8

Inching
Inching (Reverse)
Paper feed On/Off
Pump On/Off
Auto Impression

On/Offsheet
Double

detectionfeed table
Paper

Op

Paper feed table

or

Paper feed table

(i)

SWP
Head damp position

Tail damp position

Inching (Forward)

Inching (Reverse)

Cb

1E1

a)

P4 (15 poles) p5 (15 popoles_P6 (15 poles)

S2 (6 poles) S3 (15 poles) S4 (15 poles) S5 (15 poles)

CONTROL PANEL

C48S C248E C248L -SF -SF


0248 C248
F
E
L

bad 11

S6 (15 poles)

SF
C48 C48SF C248E C248L C248E
SF' C248
L

C48SF CONNECTION INPUT (NO. 1)

G20

G20
MPU BOARD CNI ( NPUT)

Switch Installation
panel name
M-S
Paper feed unit, M-S
Paper feed unit,
center, M-S, inching
Paper feed unit,
Center M-S, inching

o
(X2)
I_(X3)
o 0

(X4)
Io

(X7)

Paper feed unit, M-S

r 0 (X8)
(X10)
0 o (X9)
of

Center

(X11)
OP-S

(X12)

(X13)

OP-S
0

0 0

Momentary

0:70

0
00

(X14)

Alternate

No

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT)

Switch Installation
panel name

No

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

1 Blanket cleaning
Start
2
3 Inching (forward)
4 Inching (reverse)

PL10
PL11

17

PL20

PL12
PL13

18

PL21

19

PL22

PL14
20

PL23

21
22
23
24

PL24
PL25
PL26
PL27

25

PL28

Auto
impression
Double sheet
27 detection
LS1
28
LS2
29
30

PL29

PL15

7 Pump (On)
8 Pump
(Off)
9 Impression On
10 Dampening
Dampening
11 form roller (Auto)
Dampening
12 form roller (On)

PL16
PL17
PL18
PL19
PL1A
PL1B

13 Inking form
roller (Auto)
Inking form
14 roller (On)

PL1C

15

PL1E

16

PL1F

00

9-4

(X26)
Paper feed unit
Paper feed unit

(X28)
(X29)

PL1D

Limit switch

(X27)

Open connector

26

PL2A
PL2B
PL2C
PL2D

31

PL2E

32

PL2F

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching panel

C48SF CONNECTION INPUT (NO. 2 )

C48

SF
C48SF C248E C248L SF
C248 C248
E
L

P20 G20
Switch Installation
panel name
(Control panel)

MPU BOARD CNI ( NPUT)


Pump

Table raise

33 Pump thermal

( 1

(Inverter)

___________o o
o

OP-S

__Oho

OP-S

--

r? o
M-S

SIGNAL

No

(X35)
(X36)

34 Inverter trip
limit
35 CD jam
Deliver doll
y y
36 lower limit detect.
37

IDAA(iX37)

(X39)
(X40)

___________or o

(X45)

Dampening
solution feed (On)

Alternate
0 -

No

PL30
PL31

49

PL40

PL32

50

PL41

51

PL42

52

PL43

PL34

(X53)

53

SIGNAL

Paper detect
sensor

PL44
(P-B)

PL35

39

PL36

54

PL45

PL37

55

PL46

PL38

56

PL47

PL39

57

PL48

Count On/Off
Paper feed unit
40
paper height
sensor
41 Ink cleaning

Delivery dolly
43 paper height
detection
Paper feed table
" raise stop
45
Paper sensor

47
48 Cover limit
0 0 Momentary

INDICATOR

INDI
CATOR

38

46 Blanket jam
sensor

MPU BOARD CNI ( NPUT)

PL33

42

(X43)

P20 G20

ICI

PL3A Paper feed, OP -S


Paper feed, OP -S
PL38

0 (X59)

(X60)

58
Paper feed (On)

PL4A

60
61

Paper feed (Off)


Paper feed table
upper limit
Paper feed table
lower limit

PL4B
PL4C

Feeder safety
Finge
irmationrrelease
co nf

PL4E

PL3C
62

PL3D

63

PL3F

o o

*PL3F
Limit switch

Open connector

(X64)

PL49

59

,"

PL4D

PL4F

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching pane

(0) C48SF CONNECTION INPUT (NO. 3 )

C48

SF
C48SF C248E C248L SF
C248 C248
E
L

P20 G20
MPU BOARD CNI (INPUT, INTERRUPT)
Switch Installation
panel name
(Control panel)
(Inverter)

_o o
--I

OP-S

(X71
OP-S
Paper feed unit,

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

(X65)

1 Timing pule
sensor

PL50

(X66)

2 Paper reference
sensor

(X67)

3 Plate cylinder
reference sensor

PL52

PL53

5 Double sheet
detection
6
out
Cycle
7 Stop
PL56

PL54

No

(X69)
(X70)

0 (X71A

Paper feed unit Center

X71)
M-S

(X72)
Double sheet
insertion amp

Momentary

0"1-3

oO

Alternate

00

9-9

Limit switch

8 Double sheet
detection

pL51

PL55

pL57

PL58

10

PL59

11

PL5A

12

PL5B

13

PL5C

14

PL5D

15

PL5E

16

PL5F

Open connector

Installation panel:
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit operation panel
OP-S
Paper delivery unit OP-S panel
Center
Center operation panel
M-S
Paper delivery unit M-S panel
Inching
Inching panel

C48SF CONNECTION OUTPUT (NO. 1 )

C48

SF
C48SF C248E C248L SF
C248 C248
E
L

P24 G24

MPU BOARD
T1 (TRANSISTOR OUTPUT)
No

SIGNAL

I TRANSISTOR -{

2 Start LED

PL71

3 Press buzzer

PL72

4 Spray ON

PL73

Electromagnetic
5 counter
(maintenance)

PL74

PL75

7 Dampening
ductor SOL

PL76

PL77

9 Ink ductor SOL

(Y2)

PL78
PL79

11 Paper feed table


raise magnet

PL7A

12 Paper feed table


lower magnet

PL7B

13 Air blow SOL

PL7C

Blanket
cleaner pump

PL7D

15

PL7E

16

PL7F

Paper feed unit


M-S
TRANSISTOR

It

19 P24
20 P24

SW

magnetic
Pump

INDICATOR
PL80
PL81

(Y4)

PL82
PL83

(Y5)

4
5
6 Dampening
fountain starter 1

PL84

Inside control panel


(for maintenance)

(Y6)
(Y7)

0ff 0________________
(Y7A)-

OP-S

RELAY
(Y9)

Autoo 1P ink ductor W


I Off
On 9
(Y9A)

(Y11)
(Y12)
(Y13)
(Y14)

(Control panel)

(Y22) X
VR 1
DPTION
(n3) Control (Y23A 201(11

Auto
1P dampening SW
1

OP-S

}Table

12
)
(3)

raise
(control panel)

Blanket cleaning

17 G24
18 G24

SIGNAL

(Y3)

On 9

10

14

No

PL70

6 Delivery dolly
lower SOL
N

Switch Installation
panel name

INDICATOR

P24

MPU BOARD
T2 (TRANSISTOR & RELAY OUTPUT)

L__

PL85

9
10 Forward
(main motor)

PL86

11 Reverse
(main motor)

PL87

12 Inching
(main motor)

PL88

13 Constant
(main motor)
14 COM

PL89

INVERTER
VS-606PB3

OP-S
(dampening
feec Panel VR

(1) C48SF CONNECTION OUTPUT (NO. 2 )

C48

SF SF
C48SF C248E C248L C248 C248
E
L

T RIA

MPU BOARD
T3 (200 VAC RELAY OUTPUT)
No

SIGNAL

INDICATOR

1 COM
Y30)

2 PB pressure

PL60

SOL
3 Impression

PL61 (Y31)

SOL

TEST

PL62

PL63

Single lever
6 SOL

PL64

PL65

(Y34)

(Y36)
8 Paper feed SOL PL66
PL67 (Y37)
9 Finger release
SOL
10 COM
(Y38)
PL68
11 Clutch SOL
12 Jam
SOL
PL69
stopper
PLEA (Y39)
13 Anti-static
(Y41)
Dampening
14 fountain motor PLEB
15

PL6C

Blanket
16 cleaning air valve

PLED

17

PL6E

18 Paper raise SOL

PL6F

(Y43)

(Y45)

F"1
B A

16 19
101 S22M ________

r- 6

Y4

141

19 G24
20 P24
M-S panel
Spy sprat SW
0______0

(SPS)

P24

RIA

C 4 8 C48S 0248 C248 -SF -SF


0248 C248
F
E
L
E
L

C48SF CONNECTION OUTPUT (No. 3)

5Kn

Y26

AC200V
NO. I
0_

RI

_0 0____

1-2

10

20Kn

0
1-2

Blue

VR 1

,Y22
Y23

White

WP I

0______

1-3
Ici

I -3C

B lack

Dampening

I -3

fountain motor

'_

-11

Yellow
Blue

jur Blue

-SF
C48 C48SF C248E C248L -SF
C248 C248
L
E
O

C48SF CONNECTOR, TERMINAL STRIP AND INDICATOR LED LAYOUT


Pl.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
19
IC
1D
1E
IF
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
29
2C

20

2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3E1
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
49
4C
4D
4
....E

SIGNAL NAME
Blanket cleaning
SIM
Inching (Fonvard)
Inching (Reverse)

Puns, (On)
Pump (Off)
Impression ON
Dampening
Dampening form roller
(Auto)
Dampening
form roller (On)
Inking form roller (Auto)
Inking form roller (On)

Auto impression on
Doubts sheet feed selection
LS1
LS2

Pump thermal
Inverter trip
CD jam limit
Delivery dolly lower Omit detection
Dampening feed (On)
Count On/Off
Paper feed unit paper height sensor
Ink clewing
Denim dolly paper NOW* sensor
Paper feed table rale slop
Paper detection sensor
Market jam sensor
Cover safety

Paper detect sensor (P-S)

Paper feed (On)


Paper feed (Off)
Paper feed table upper limit
Paper feed table lower knit
Feeder safety
'Inger release confirmation

X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7

X8

X9
X10
X11
X12
X13
X14
X15
X16
X17
X18
X19
X20
X21
X22
X23
X24
X25
X26
X27
X28
X29
X30
X31
X32
X33
X34
X35
X36
X37
X38
X39
X40
X41
X42
X43
X44
X45
X46
X47
X48
X49
X50
X51
X52
X53
X54
X55
X56
X57
X58
X59
X60
X61
X62
X63
X64

61
0

T
O

TO KEISU LED
on OP-S panel

TO DIGI-SW
on OP-S pane

111
1

500
610
520
533

nlE100001:10

Sit I Sit2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SV7 Sittl

PC4
180
190
1001

PC
3

140

_ ..E

03

PC8

PC7
240
290
210
200
PCI I

200
203
2E0
2f0
PCI2

360
300
3E0
ZF
O PCI6
460
400
4F0
4E0

240

380

393
SP
O
380 PCI5
ISO
490
400
4180

eiee geeE

PC22_______PC23

PC2

PC

EF
0
6E0
670

260 -..203
270
PC10
,340
380
340 ...-1
370
PCI4

2001`

PC27

210
220
.-233
PC1
300
310

mc. --,
330 .....A

.......

Mt

OHALT

248
3:38
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0il

P030

PC25

670
1660
460

ter rs ter cst 0 61 I*


2- 2- 2- 2- 2-

14
13
12

R I

Y37

Y36
Y35
7
3
4

1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 1 0 1112 1 3 OM

12

no

vt 10 .0 vt

7-

SW1:

I I I I .10

OPfiF
pplvt

Blanket cleaning time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for Type E.
Air blow time (1 scale unit = 4 sec, maximum of 6 units). 0 for Type E.
No. of dampening rotations (1 scale unit -1 rotation)
SW3: Dampening fountain motor acceleration time (1 scale unit = 0.5 sec). 0 for Type E.
No. of Inking rotations (1 scale unit 1 rotation)
SW4: Country data of printing condition display panel (0 Japan, 1 - France, 2 U.SA., etc.)
SW5 Dampening ductor solenoid sampling action (1 scale unit =1 rotation). 0 for Type E.
SW6:
SW2:

EDV34________________________Pc32 p029
630
62
4100

0
p)
>- 2- 2-

7 44
--743
Y
4
2
Y

PC28

OSER

;PC24

17
Is
1
5

calk9

ORLIN

PCI

440

P24
G
2

VH
18

.E

PC6
..--

=.

PC26

1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 16 16 MIAS VH VH

TI

OObb gg-ig
PC34

690
SA

PL
SIGNAL NAME
50 Timing pulse sensor
X65
51 Paper reference sensor
X66
52 Plate cylinder reference sensor X67
53
X68
54 Double sheet detection
X69
55 Cycle out
X70
56 Stop
X71
57 Double sheet detection (electrical) X72
58
59

5a
o

503
600
-- 5 E 0
UFO

100
100
1E0
I
FO

PC18

To printing condition
display (PCP-01)

044

184 r/186 V.

C14 PCI 9
540
600
870
660

C
N

To MOM LES on paper


feed unit operation panel

4
3
2

73
0

58
5C
50
SE
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
89
6A
68

8C
60
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
78
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91

P9 presswe SOL
Impression SOL

Single lever SOL


Paper feed SOL
Finger release SOL
Clutch feed SOL
Jam stopper SOL
Anti-static
Dampening fountain motor
Blanket cleaning air valve

Y30
Y31
Y32
V33

Y34
Y35
Y36
Y37
Y38
Y39
Y40
Y41
Y42
Y43
Y44

Paper raise SOL


Y1
Y2
Y3
Spray ON
Y4
Electromagnetic counter
Y5
Delivery dolly lower SOL
Y6
Dampening ductor SOL
Y7
Y8
Ink ductw SOL
Y9
Y10
Paper feed table raise magnet Y11
Paper feed table lower magnet Y12
Air blow SOL
Y13
Blanket cleaner pump
Y14
Y15
Y16
Pump magnet
Y17
Y18
Start LED

Dampening fountain starter Y22, Y23


Forward rotation (INV)
Reverse rotation (INV)
Inching (INV)
Constant speed (INV)

Y26
Y27
V28
Y29

Danteed (Auto)

1S1
1S2

,~

General Electrical

Specifications
Itkif lig2.66kg
inahl61E.1111
4110010111011
fficabil fOr the
OM Seri% Serim
.113

ilker Aimaros a.
C.
Ian:edit:W=1Fri
dear or Ma

THE DRAWING HEREAFTER


COVERS THE MACHINE SERIAL
NOS. C248 SERIES CT-3B113
AND C40 SERIES CS-2L050
ONWARDS RESPECTIVELY.
Contents
A1

Electrical Speuirmtlets

Al

Frequency Sprilleetians. ,..... ..................................................

A3 Vattogs Spacing:slim . ................................................


,.441,1elram.......................................................................
113
M
T h i n g S w i t c h
R e a r m = M e a t
.

g a d

114

I n

Appendix C

C248-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

C3.8 C248 -SFconnection input No. 4

)7, -

(X3)

(X4)

Indicator
IL52

(X1) (X2)

2 Inching (Reverse)

IL53

(X3)

3 IP impression ON

IL33

(X4)

4 IP damp. solution

IL34

m
m
m

(X7)
(X8)
(X21)

No.
Signal
1 Inching (Forward)

(X9)

5 1P damp. form roller Auto IL35

(X10)

6 IP damp. form roller ON

IL36

(X11)

IL37

m
(X15)

(X12)

7 IP ink form roller Auto


8 IP ink form roller ON

(X16)

(X23)

_______

(X24)

Delivery NOP-Side Panel

Center Operation Panel

I/O Board CN4 (Inputs)

I/O Board CN3 (Inputs)

IL38

9 Head clamp position


10 Tail clampposition

1L39

11 2P impression ON

IL41

12 2P damp. solution

IL42

13 Stop

IL44

14 Stop

---

(X25)

15 G20
16 1P selection

(Y16)

17 IP selection LED

OL II

18 P24

--

(X71B)

No.
Signal
I Blanket cleaner
2 Start

3 Inching (Forward) 1L52


4 Inching (Reverse) IL53

(X22)
(X71)

1L40

1e)

___OHO

(X71A)
(Y2)
(VSR)

IL43

Legend
0

Momentary

00 Alternate
0

0
O

6'0 Limit switch

1
1===,

Indicator
1L46
IL49

Open collector

5 Pump (ON)

IL50

6 Pump (OFF)

IL51

7 IP unit select
8 2Punit select

IL47
IL48

9
10 Stop

IL45
IL44

11 Stop

--

12 Start LED

--

13 Spray

OL12

14 P24

--

15 G20

--

Electrical Specifications

Al

Electrical Specifications
Model

Main Motor Pump Motor

Power Capacity

Inverter No.

C48

1.5 kW, 4P

0.75 kW, 4P

2.6 kVA

VS-606PC3

C48-SF

1.5 kW, 4P

0.75 kW, 4P

2.8 kVA

VS-606PC3

C248

2.2 kW, 4P

0.7514, 4P

2.8 kVA

VS-606PC3

C248-SF

2.2 kW, 4P

0.75 kW, 4P

3.0 kVA

VS-606PC3

A2

Standard power
supply: 3-phase,
200 VAC
Optional
power
supplies: 3phase, 200,
380, 415 VAC

Frequency Specifications
50 Hz

60 Hz

Pump pulley (C48E, C248)

F33-01-32-3

F33-02-32-3

Belt (C48, C248)

KV-11

F33-11-01-3

1P/2P plate pressure SOL wiring

Red - Yellow

Red - Gray

1P/2P impression SOL wiring

Red - Yellow

Red - Gray

Fluorescent lamp stabilizer

E20-10-3

E20-41-3

Item

A3

Power Supplies

Voltage Specifications
Item

200/220 V

380 V

415 V

Inverter (C48, C48-SF)

E46-28-01-3

E46-28-04-3

E46-28-04-3

Inverter (C248, C248-SF)

E46-28-02-3

E46-28-05-3

E46-28-05-3

Main motor (C48, C48-SF)

E01-113-3

E01-114-3

E01-114-3

Main motor (C248, C248-SF)

E60-06-3

E60-07-3

E60-07-3

Pump motor (C48, C248)

E01-66-3

E01-68-3

E01-103-3

Pump motor (C48-SF)

E-101-36

E01-91-3

E01-95-3

Feed stack table raise/lower motor


(C248-SF)

E-101-38

E01-92-3

E01-96-3

Appendix A General Electrical Specifications

A4

Timing Switch and Reference Angles

Reference sensor (X66: 0)


Set where the sensor head lamp is
turned OFF by the hole of the pulse
plate to 0 while rotating the press
forward.???

1P plate cylinder reference sensor (X67: 220)


2P plate cylinder reference sensor (X68: 225)
While setting the I P and 2P sensor vertical angles to 0,
rotate the press forward to set where the sensor head
lamp lights to 220 for the IP, and 225 for the 2P.???

C248 Electrical Part

Configurations
This appendix provides illustrations and information about the electrical part configurations of the C248.

Contents
B1

C248 Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)


117

B2

C248 Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side)


118

B3

Co
d

C248 Electrical Parts Connection Diagrams


119

B3.1 200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram....................................................


B3.2 380 - 415 VAC wiring diagram................................................
B3.3 Control box wiring diagram 1 ................................................
B3.4 Control box wiring diagram 2..................................................
B3.5 C248 connection input No. 1 .................................................
B3.6 C248 connection input No. 2 ..................................................
B3.7 C248 connection input No. 3 .................................................
B3.8 C248 connection input No. 4 ..................................................
B3.9 C248 connection input No. 5 .................................................
B3.10 C248 connection input No. 6 ................................................
B3.I I C248 connection output No. 1 ..............................................
B3.12 C248 connection output No. 2 ..............................................
B3.13 C248 connection output No. 3 ..............................................
B3.I4 C248 connection output No. 4 ...............................................
B3.15.1 C248E .................................................................................
B3.15.2 C248L, C248EX dampening fountain motor
connections.......................................................................................
C248 connector, terminal strip and indicator LED
layout

Appendix B C252E Electrical Part Configurations

i-

(_,

C248 Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)

B1

C248 Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)

No.

Description

Part No.

No.

Description

C) Feeder panel

651-81-1C-3

0 IP blanket jam sensor (light sensor)

Center panel

Part No.
626-73-3

E51-82-2C-3

0 2P PB pressure solenoid

609-32-3

C) Delivery OP-s panel

E51-83-1D-3

609-32-3

CO Inverter (20(1 VAC)

646-28-02-3

0 2P impression solenoid
0 2P S.L. solenoid

601-66-3

0 2P dampening duct solenoid

609-25-3.

C) Pump motor (No VAC)


(0) IP PB pressure solenoid

E09-32-3

0 IP impression solenoid

E09-32-3

0 IP S.L. solenoid
IP dampening duct solenoid

E09-51-3
E09-25-3

ov 2P dampening fonn limit


,

0 2P inking form limit


Pi, 2P plate cylinder positioning sensor

E09-51-3

610-52-3
610-52-3
626-75-3

0 Handle cover limit

610-29-3

610-52-3

0 IP OP-s cover limit

610-30-3

0 IP inking form limit

610-52-3

fr.i., 2P OP-s cover limit

610-30-3

0 IP plate cylinder positioning sensor

626-75-3

0 OP center window cover limit

610-30-3

609-25-3

0 Inverter (380/415 VAC)

646-28-05-3

0 Pump motor (380 VAC)

601-68-3

or' Pump motor (415 VAC)

601-103-3

(D 1P dampening form limit

0 Delivery stack table lower solenoid


61

, Delivery stack height detection sensor


' (light sensor)

626-84-02-3

Appendix B C248 Electrical Parts Configurations

B2

C248 Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side)

....
ow
no..

No.

Description

Part No.

@ Delivery NOP-S panel

E51-84-1D-3

without blanket cleaner)


C) Inching panel

E5I-85-1C-3

Main motor (2(X) V)


(1) Double sheet detection limit
0 Paper feed solenoid

E60-06-3
E10-02-3
E09-25-3

(6.) Double sheet deflector solenoid

E09-51-3

C?) Paper detection sensor

E26-80-3

Paper detection sensor

E26-80-3

Jam stopper solenoid

609-29-3

to IP ink ductor solenoid

E09-25-3

6 II' blanket jam sensor (emitter)

E26-72-3

6 2P ink ductor solenoid

E09-25-3

0 21' blanket jam sensor

626-74-3

to Reference position sensor

E26-75.3

Op Pulse sensor
0 Spray valve

Fluorescent lamp

0 CD jam limit

626-83-3
609-42-02-3
E24-11-1A7.3
E10-38-3

No.

Description

Part No.

0 Anti-static bar

El 1-02-01-8

6 IP dampening fountain motor

E01-120-3

0 2P dampening fountain motor

E01-120-3

.e I P dampening solution cover limit


.c.., IP ink cover limit
0) IP M-S cover limit
Impression cylinder cover limit

El 0-29-3
t10-29-3
E10-30-3
E 10-29-3

A 2P ink cover limit

610-29-3

0 2P M-S cover limit

El 0-30-3

0 CD cover limit

610-29-3

s0

Air blower solenoid

E09-25-3

6 Feeder M-S cover

El 0-30-3

0 2P upper cover limit

E10-29-3

Step-down transformer (380/415 V)

E53-71-3

(g1 Main motor (380/415 V)

E60-07-3

(43

E51-84-3D-3

cleanerDe

livery NOP-S panel with blanket

6-, Control box (1200 V. with blanket


'-9 cleaner)

E46-04-1E-3 (E)
E46-04-IF-3 (L)
E46-04-2E-3 (6)
646-04-2F-3(163{)

Delivery stack height detection sensor


(emitter)

E26-84-0 I -3

Control box (T220 V, with blanket


cleaner)

Delivery stack table lower limit


reed switch

610-12-3

Control box (1380/415 V, with blanket E46-04-3E-3 (E)


cleaner)
E46-04-3F-3 (L)

0 Delivery stack table lower limit magnet E10-14-3


V Buzzer

603-34-3

0 Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (50 Hz)

E20-10-3

V Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (60 Hz)

620-11-3

0 Anti-static transformer

E I 1-01-05-3

_ _

Controlgicleaner)box (T200 V, without blanket

E46 04 4E-3 (E)

Control box (T220 V, without blanket


cleaner)

E46-04-5E-3 (E)
E46-04-4F-3 (EX)

Control box (T380/415 V, without


'2' blanket cleaner)

E46-04-6E-3 (E)

B3
C248 Electrical Connection
Diagrams
B3.1 200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram

FU2 (5A)

30 200 - 220 VAC

9/

FUI (3A)

30A

_____o22V FU3 (5A)


o2471V

ZI
W470

P24

CZ}

220
V
R 200
2

VA0 0:1

A1A

______________________________0

Powerard

UU
CW7
CNI6
AC20
0 SOL
CN14

A2

T2
ov
oV
A
4
10
0

15

board

CPU board
(Lower)

4415

FU5(IA) A58 ABC

1/0 board
(Upper
)

5
V

Power supplyG 41
5 VDC SW

Y R VYY V
42 30 3132 33

Shield transformer
FL TRFI 330 VA
Pump Motor 0.75 kW
R S T

FLT-A

Inverter VS-606PC3
U V 14
999
Uli Vil WI:

E 10 8 11
9?99
i
i
I
-L-4.-J-

12032 1421-4--14-)
i

9
I I I9

3
F4T-C
9 9

N
>
-

TES
T

--> X34
-> G20

1
0

816

CV

OP-S panel

4_____91816
111 4 3

Control pack

N. 1

'( " 1
(.1
(1

c?

111 4 3

Control pack)/
Main motor 2.2 kW F-

10

1
CV

Appendix B C248 Electrical Parts Configurations

C252E Electrical Connection Diagrams

B3.2 380 - 415 VAC wiring diagram

30 380 - 415 VAC


A7

NFB
50A
F
H

3 0 A

q2, T0

FUI (5A)

415
V
380

W v f.3

CN7 CN I 6
P24

ilso A20 l

AC20
0 SOL
CNI4

AIA 0
4

VA OV A 2

80
VA

MG

LJ LJ

AM

FU3(5A)

Pcotio

FU4
( 2A ) IA63V
1
1,,M
0V

Ta>X33A

wirdeSr

I/O board

Shield transformer
TRFI 710 VA

(Upper)

100________ MS( IA ) A55 A5C

2038

CPU board
(Lower)

A4

TNI

V
t

A
6

4 I 0

YRY R YYY

A68 A6C

CNIO

S VDC SW

41

42 30 3132 33

puwa supply

Pump Motor 0.75 kW


6

RST

--> X34

TEST

Inverter VS-606PC3
FLT-

--> G20

Ull9 99
I

IIII 9
I
10I 1 21 /81
I 203s
1 + - -1- 6
V
1
0 11

mt

Control pack/
Main motor 2.2 kW

I
"

I OP-S panel

10 2 91816

101
0-

I
C

Control pack

(.1

y7
I

N N N

B3.3 Control box wiring diagram 1


IP blanket cleaning
solution pump

2P blanket cleaning
solution pump

DC Motor

DC Motor

30 200V - 220V

NOP-Side
2

Limit Switches
CD jam
limit

ro
v.,'
(i- \
--L,'

2P upper
cover

Delivery
,6-, slack table
=-.' lower limit
detect.
0

CD unit
cover

.a,
'2'

IP
dampening
section

ri)

s.,

_0

Impression

le Upper

Limit Switches

rwa

cy

cover

COW(

ri)

IP M-S
covet

(a)
,,,

2P M-S
covet

OP-Side

Power switch

IPLSI

Doub
skeet
le
debxlion

m
w

iP blanket

2P blanket
cleaner air
valve

cleaner as valve
Paper kW
SOL
2P blanket

Boner

()

WWI

IP blanket

Timing
pulse

Paper suck
0

2P OP-S
carer

(2)

ee
lever . Ot.
2P *W

...., IP
(.2.) impression (2)
SOL
CI

IP
dampening
ductor SOL

2PPB
pressur
eSOL
2P
(brimming
doctor SOL

.,...., 2P
..
(41) names:en
SOL
Delivery
0

stack table

rg,
kp)

0)

0
Sensors

/ /

ght sensor
(emitter/

Wi

,..,....
....., Paper
(/) reference
sensor

Feeder
0

Sgnon
NeliS01

:triton
SiiiiSor

Blanker
Jam scow

3P shield

XI*

Main Motor Pump Motor IP dampening 2P dampening


2.2 kW
0.75 kW
fountain motor fountain motor
25 W
25 W

Anti-static
transformer

20

3
33

IP PB
iatiMe

sensor

Inside control panel

INVERTERPaper delivery section


OP-S panel
VR

CONTROL BOX

IP blanket cleaner
cleaner
solutktn
solution
pump
pump

Jam sensor

rg)

Handle
cover
OP-S
center

Solenoid Valves
...., IP PB
pressure
Q)
SOL

2P ink
doctor SOL

IP ink
doctor SOL

lam stopper
SOL

Sensors

2P LS2

Double sheet
eliminate SOL

Air bl ower
SOL

ai)
sr,

IP OM

Solenoid Valves

0Spray valve

2P LSI

,-,

CI

IP LS2

Control
pack

Control
pack

,,i)

,--,

2P PB
pressure
reference
sensor

IP blanket
(5) jam ,
( OW(
s..,
light)

c*** 0

Delivery
stack height
sensor
Deimos
light)

IP sine.:
lever SOL

C248 Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix B C248 Electrical Parts Configurations


B3.4 Control box wiring diagram 2
Paper Delivery
Section OP-S Panel
,T)
"
0
0

CN4

I
Paper Delivery
Section M-S Panel
C)
0
0

0
0
0

CN3

Start
Stop
Inching (Forward)
Inching (Reverse)
Unit selection
Pump (ON)
Pump (Off)
Spray ON/Off
Blanket cleaner

Feeder panel Single/


Cont.
Counter LED
Counter switch
Counter ON/Off
Stop
0 Speed VR
(3) 2P damp. form roller
" ON/Off/Auto
m, 2P ink form roller ON/
' Off/Auto
i;), I P damp. solution feed
VR
,, 2P damp. solution feed
" VR
IP damp. solution feed
aiN "
ON/Off/Auto
,-;\ 2P damp. solution feed
" ON/Oft7Auto
a-4) IP damp. ductor ON/
Off/Auto
,a, 2P damp. ductor ON/
sa'
Off/Auto
IP ink ductor ON/Off/
az
' Auto
az) 2P ink ductor ON/Off/
"--w Auto

P2 (15 poles)

P3 (9 poles)

P4 (15 poles)

S2 (15 poles)

S3 (9 poles)

S4 (15 poles)

Center Operation
0

(-) roller
rloPlier dampeningoNio
r-, IP impression ON/Off/
form
'' Dampening
riN 2P impression ON/Off/
Dampening
Stop
C) IP selection
0 Head clamp position
Tail clamp position
CD Inching (Forward)
(4) Inching (Reverse)

P5 (3 poles)

Feeder Operation

)3PNi/72;:fifnigAufotorm

0
0

0
0
0
r
'
0

r o

Start Panel
Stop
Inching (Forward)
Inching (Reverse)
Paper feed Single/Cont
Pump ON/Off
impression ON/
Off
Double sheet paper
feed Stop/Cont
LED display LI-L26

P6 (15 poles)

P7 (15 poles)

S6 (15 poles)

S5 (3 poles)

S7 (15 poles)

Inching Panel
C) Inching (Forward)
0 Inching (Reverse)

PI (5 poles)

sl (6 poles)

I in

CC 'ROL BOX

/1.5m

2m

B3.5 C248 connection input No. 1


I/O Board CNI (Inputs)
O
0

O
0

(X28)

(X29)

3 IP LS2
4 G20

(X30)

5 2P LS1
6 G20

(X31)

7 2P LS2
8 G20

(X32)

9 Handle cover
10 020

(X48)

l)

______________________________4

Signal

2 020

(X47)

___________

No.
1 IP LS1

-IL2
-IL3
-IL4
-IL5

11 Inverter trip

-IL6

12 G20

--

13 OP-S lower cover

IL7

14 G20

--

15 OP-S center cover

IL8
--

16 G20
17 IP OP-S cover
18 020
(X50)

Indicator
ILI

19 2P OP-S cover
20 G20

IL9
-IL 10

-21 OP-S center window cover ILI I


22 G20

--

23

IL12

'24

--

Legend
0

Momentary

Alternate
0

O
0

Limit switch

Open collector

C248 Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix B C248 Electrical Parts Configurations


B3.6 C248 connection input No. 2

I/O Board CNIA (Inputs)


No.
I

Signal

I/O Board CNIA (Inputs)

Indicator
IL13

2
3

--

19 IP plate cylinder reference sensor

Indicator
-IL75

IL14

20 G20

--

No.
18 P20

54--

(X67)

21 P20

IL15

--

22 2P plate cylinder reference sensor

--

IL76

23 G20

--

IL16

24 P20

---

--

8
9P20

25 Spare

IL77

26 P20

--

10IP blanket jam sensor

IL17

11G20

--

12P20
13Delivery stack height sensor

--

(X43)

--

(X44)

14G20
15P20
16Feeder paper detection sensor
17G20

--

(X42)

Signal

(X68)

11,18
-IL19

Legend
0 0

Momentary

0
0 Limit switch

/ Alternate

0 0

0
0______

__
C
4

11=AP

Open collector

B3.7 C248 connection input No. 3

No.

I/O Board CN2'(Inputs)

1CD

Signal

Indicator

limit
jam

IL20
--

2G20

Delivery stack table lower


3 IL21 limit
detection
4G20-5
IL22
IP dampener cover

Legend
_____0 0
_____0 0

IL30

24 G20

--

25 Double sheet detection (mechanic.) IL31

IL23

26 G20

--

8020

--

27 Feeder M-S cover

IL I 1

9Impression cylinder cover

IL24

28 G20

--

10G20

--

29 P20

--

112P upper cover

IL25

30 Timing sensor

IL73

12G20

--

31 G20

--

13CD cover

1L26

32 P20

--

33 Paper reference sensor


Open collector
34 G20

IL74

35 Spare

1L78

36 G20

--

(:)/"

16G20
18G20

(X58)
_____________
9
(X45)

23 Blanket jam sensor

--

172P M-S cover


(X51)

--

71P upper cover

14G20
Momentary
15IP M-S cover

(X36)

22 P20

I/O Board CN2 (Inputs)


Indicator
Signal

6G20

(X35)
0 0

No.

-0

-AlternateIL27

0
Limit switch
(X46)

--

0
-

IL28
0

--

19P20

--

20Paper detection sensor

IL29

21G20

--

(X69)

(X53)
(P20)
(X65)
(X66)

37 Delivery emitter
38 G20
39 IP blanket jam emitter
40 G20

--

IL79
. IL80
--

Appendix B C248 Electrical Parts Configurations

C248 Electrical Connection Diagrams

B3.8 C248 connection input No. 4

(X3)

Signal
No.
I Inching (Forward)

(X4)

2 Inching (Reverse)

IL53

(X9)

3 IP impression ON

IL33

(X10)

Center Operation Panel

Indicator
IL52

(X11)

1L34
1P damp. form ON
5 1P damp. form rollerAuto IL35

(X12)

IL36

(X13)

roller
1P damp. form
ON
1P
ink
form
7
rollerAuto

(X14)

8 IP ink form rollerON

IL38

(X15)

9 Head

IL39

(X16)

10

(X23)

11

(X24)
(X71A)
(X71B)
(X25
)
(Y16
N

clamp position

Tail clamp position

2P impression ON
12
ON
2P damp. form

IL37

I/O Board CN4 (Inputs)


V
Delivery NOP-Side Panel

I/O Board CN3 (Inputs)

IL41
IL42
IL44

14 Stop

--

15 G20

--

16 1P selection

IL43

17 IP selection LED
18 P24

OL 11
--

Legend
00

Momentary

Alternate

0
0______________________________

00

C'

Limit switch

(X2)

Open collector

Indicator
1L46
IL49

3 Inching (Forward) IL52

(X3)

4 Inching (Reverse) 1L53

(X4)

5 Pump (ON)
6 Pump (OFF)

IL50
1L51

(X7)

7 1P unit select
8

IL47
IL48

(X71)

IL40

13 Stop

(X1)

No.
Signal
1 Blanket cleaner
2 Start

9
10 Stop
11 Stop

1L45
1L44
--

12 Start LED

--

13 Spray

OL12

14 P24

--

15 G20

--

B3.9 C248 connection input No. 5

I/O Board CN5 (Inputs)


0 0
(X2)
0 0
(X3)

Feeder Panel

(X7)
(X8)
(X26)
(X27)
(X71B
)

(Y2)

1 Start

Signal

2 Inching (Forward)
3 Inching (Reverse)

Indicator
IL49
IL52
IL53

4 Paper feed (Cont.)


5 Paper feed (Single)

IL59
1L60

6 Pump (ON)

IL50

7 Pump (OFF)
8 Auto-impression ON

IL51
1L57

Inching Panel

No.

9 at
sheet
IL58
Paper feed double
detection
10 Stop
1L44
11 Start LED
-12

IL54

13
14 P24

IL56
--

15 G20

--

16

1L55

17

--

18

IL59

19

IL60

I/O Board CN7 (Inputs)

_____0 0
_______
_____0 0
_______

(X3)
(X4)

3 G20

20

Legend

e-0 Momentary

/ Alternate

0 0

0
0____________________________

5=0 Limit switch

No.
Signal
Indicator
I Inching (Forward) IL52
2 Inching (Reverse) IL53

Open collector

--

Appendix B C248 Electrical Part Configrations

C248 Electrical Connection Diagrams

B3.10 C248 connection input No. 6

110 Board CN6 (Inputs)

0 0_____(X70)

(Y7)
0c 0

Delivery OP-S

Delivery OP-S Panel

110 Board CN6 (Inputs)


No.
Indicator
Signal
Indicator
No.
Signal
15 IP damp. ductor (Auto) OL15
(X17)
1 2P damp. form roller (Auto) IL65
OL15
16 IP damp. ductor (ON)
____ 0
022P damp. form
IL66
roller (ON)
_
(X18)
OL16
17
2P damp. ductor
2P
ink
form
(Auto)
(Auto)
3
IL67
roller
18 2P damp. ductor (ON) 0OL16
O
4 2P ink form roller (ON)
IL68
OL17 (X19)
19 IP ink ductor (Auto)
(X37)
5 IP fountain solution feed (ON) IL63
O____0
(X20)
OL17
20 IP ink ductor (ON)
6 2P fountain solution feed (ON) IL64
OL18
21 2P ink ductor (Auto) (X38)
7 Counter
IL69
OL18
22 2P ink ductor (ON)
8
IL59
Paper feed (Cont.)
23 G20
_0-<C;
(X39)
-9 Paper feed (Single)
IL60
-24 G24
10 Stop
IL44
O
(X5)
11 IP fountain solution feed (Auto) IL71
(X6)

(Y7A)
(Y8)
(Y8A)

0 (1.), 0

(Y9)
(Y9A)

0 (!) 0

12 2P fountain
feed
IL72
solution
(Auto)
13

IL59

14

IL60

Legend
0

Momentary

/-0 Alternate _______

0
0

6 Limit switch

_C

Open collector

B3.11 C248 connection output No. 1

Board
CN8
(DC
Outputs)
110I/0
Board
CN9
(DC
Outputs)
No.
Signal
Indicator
Signal
Indicator
No.
1 1P24
P24

--

--

2 2 Delivery stack table lower SOL


OL2
Paper feed SOL
3 3P24
--

OL1

4 4Press buzzer

OL3

OL7

5 5P24

--

--

6 Air blower SOL


6
P24
7 7P24

OL4

8 8IPPump
blanket
magnet
cleaner pump
P24
9 9P24

OL5

OLIO

(YI7)

(Y14)

10
10
IPblanket
damp. ductor
2P
cleanerSOL
pump
P24
1111P24

OL6

-OL 15

(Y7A)

(Y15)

12IP ink ductor SOL


12
2P damp. ductor SOL
13 P24
14 2P ink ductor SOL

OL17 OL I6

(Y8A)

(Y9A)

15 P24

--

16 Count

Signal

(Y6)

--

(YI)

(Y3)

(Y I3)

OL8
--

--OL18
OL 19

(Y I0A)

Appendix B C248 Electrical Part Configrations

C248 Electrical Connection Diagrams

B3.12 C248 connection output No. 2

"'d

110 Board CN10 (OUTPUTS)


No.
1 P24

1/0 Board CN11 (AC OUTPUTS)

2 Electromagnetic counter

Indicator
-OL9

(Y5)

IL32

(X33

Signal

Pump thermal
4 G20

--

OL43

6 Damp. fountain starter 1

OL43

(Y23)

7 Damp. fountain starter 2

OL44

(Y24)

8 Damp. fountain starter 2

OL44

(Y25)

motor OL41
IP damp. fountain
10 2P damp. fountain motor OL42
-11 200 VAC

ems

(YID

5 Damp. fountain starter 1

rcNT

(Y4 I)
(Y42)

Spee
d
contr
Spee
d
contr

No.
Signal
1 1P PB SOL pressure
2 200 VAC
3 1P impression SOL
4 200 VAC
5 2P PB SOL pressure
6 200 VAC
7 2P impression SOL
8 200 VAC
9 1P single lever SOL
10 200 VAC

12

OL26

( I HS OL )

11 2P single lever SOL


12 200 VAC

13 1P impression test SW

OL27

(1 ISOL)

13 Static eliminator

14

OL28

(2HSOL)

14 200 VAC

15 2P impression test SW

OL29

(2ISOL)

15

16

16

17

17

18

18

19
20

Indicator
OL26

(Y30)

-OL27

(Y31)

-OL28

(Y32)

-OL29

(Y33)

-OL30

(Y34)

-OL31

(Y35)

-OL32
--

Y40)
E.L

B3.13 C248 connection output No. 3


-,

1/0 Board CN12 (AC Outputs)

1/0 Board CN12 (AC Outputs)


No.
Signal
1 Jam stopper SOL
2 200 VAC

Indicator
OL33
--

3 I P blanket cleaner air valve


4 200 VAC
2P blanket cleaner air valve
5
6 200 VAC

OL34
-OL35

OL36

--

--

9 Double sheet deflector SOL OL37

10 2(X) VAC
II

-OL38

12

--

13

OL39

14

--

No.
15 Spare

(Y39)

(Y43)

(Y44)

(Y37)

Signal

Indicator
OL40

16 Spare

--

17 Spray valve

OL41

18 200 VAC
19

---

20

--

21

--

22

--

(Y4)

Appendix B C248 Electrical Part Configrations

C248 Electrical Connection Diagrams

B3.14 C248 connection output No. 4

I/O Board CN14

1/0 Board CN13


No.
Signal
I Rotate forward
2 Rotate reverse
3
Inching
4 Constant
5 COM
6

speed

Indicator
OL22

(Y26)

OL23

(Y27)

OL24

(Y28)

OL25

(Y29)

OL26

(COM)

No.
I

Signal

Indicator
--

--

INVERTER

--

I/O Board CN15


No.
1

P24

Signal

Indicator
--

G24

--

P20

--

G20

--

B3.15.1 C248E dampening


fountain connections
.
1

tie

- -

Y41

__010

______

200 VAC

1-2

White
%
Blue
Black

1-3C
1-4

%Yellow

1-1

0
Y42 0 9
-0 0___________ :

t'

10

jor

0
0

2-3C

gVRliC CI

Whit
e
Blue

6:
C

Black
C

2-4

%Yellow

3_________

1 2-2
2-3

Blue

11.

NO.2

VR I
20 K
f

2-1
2-11

)1,

3 60

A.e Blue

Blue
E

__0"
______

B3.15.2 C248L, C248EX dampening fountain connections

Y22
Iv

r --

Y23?

5k0

Y41
0

5k0

VR3
9

00"

VR4

_L

1-2

200 VAC

11

Y24

White
Blue

//Yellow

1-1

Blue

1-11

Blue

je

CZ
3 ,S-

5k0
VR5

Y42
0

5k0

Y24B
VR6 Y25

9
1

0
0
2-2

VR

2-3
3
4' 2-4

2-3C

CI

Black

11 2-11

C
C

2-1

I
20KQ

White

or

Blue

NO.2

1-3C

1-4

Y25?

VR
20

jor

NO. I
03 1-3
1

Y22B
Y23

//Yellow

# Blue
X

Blue

a
8

C248 Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix B C248 Electrical Part Configrations


B3.16 C248 connector, terminal strip and indicator LED layout
No.

Indicator

Signal

ILI

2 IP LS2

t-l:'Pr SW

3 2P LSI
4 2P LS2 I

vt4

CNI

X28

IP LSI 1-eLlti"

X29
X34
1
X3I

OP20

X32

I LI O
1002
5 11 4

6 Inverter trip

X34

7001

7 OP-S lower cover

X47

IlL90010

.6,t)

5 Handle cover

8 OP-S center cover

X48

9 IPOP-S cover

X49

10 2POP-S cover

X50

II

Feeder M-S cover

X53

13

CNI3
Ol. 1
2 CN8
3
4
5
6
7
411

Sw5

CN11

CN1O

"1

012
130014

1/L

CN2

115

016

IL17001

42 44 46 48
0000
1141434347
0 0 0 0
11490
51066
6

1L650,
6704'5"
rt ,))55'
1L730
250074
22,076
79 74 1
11 8 11

IL370
610"""
90=
610062

15

SW7
SW8

90
00
I
2
3*
40
34
1

6
X42

1 Delivery stack height sensor


8

X43

19 Reeder paper deuxtion sensor

X44

20 CD jam limit

X33

21 Delivery stack table lower limit

X36

22 IP dampener cover

El

SW3
SW4

Switches
SWI:
SW2:Blanket cleaning time (4
sec./graduation, 6 graduations max.)

OP24

2123252729

(X.20
22 24
26

CNI6
31 33 35 37

1941 43

OL30 32 34 36
008 4012 44

SW3: Air blower time (4 sec./graduation, 6


graduations max.)
SW4: Dampening
form
revigraduation)

roller

speed

SW6: Ink form roller speed (I revigraduation)


No.

No.

Signal

X23

62

42 2P damp. form ON

X24

63 IP fountain solution feed (ON)

X37

X51

43 1P selection

X25

64 2P fountain solution feed (ON)

X311

23 IP upper cover

X52

44 Stop

X71

65 2P damp. form roller (Auto)

X17

24 Impression cylinder cover

X54

2 2Pupper cover
3
26 CDcover

45 Ink cleaner

X41

66 2P damp. form roller ((NN)

X Ili

X55

46 Blanket cleaner

XI

67 2P ink form roller (Auto)

X19

47 IP unit select

X21

68 2P ink form roller (ON)

X20

27 IPNOP-S cover

X57

411 2P unit select

X22

69 Counter

X39

28 2PNOP-S cover

X38

X2

70 Cancel

X70

29 Paper detection senstu

X45

X7

71 IP fountain soluthm feed (Auto)

I DAM

30 Blanketjam

X46

51 Pump (OFF)

X8

72 2P fountain solution feed (Auto)

2DAhI

31 Double shirt detsvtion (M)

X69

52 Inching (Forward)

X3

73 Pulse sensor

X65

32 Pump thermal

X33

53 Inching (Reverse)

X4

74 Paper reference sensor

X66

33 IP impression ON

X9

54 Feed stack table ruLse SW

UP

34 IP damp. firm ON

X10

55 Feed stack table lower SW

DN

35 IP damp. form roller (Auto)

X1I

56 Feed stack table stop SW

STP

36 IP damp. form roller (ON)

X12

57 Auto-impression ON

X26

37 IP ink form roller (Auto)

X13
X14

Paper feed at double sleet de- X27


38 kt.:114111

X15

59 Paper feed (Cont.)

X5

60 Paper feed (Single)

X6

49 Stan
3(1 Pump ION)

SW7:

Indicator

41 2P impression ON

61

75

IP plate cylinder reference set- X67


nor

2P plate cylinder reference


76 sea- sus
77
711
79
80

X68

(I

SW5: Dampening fountain motor acceleration


time (0.5 secJgraduation, 0 for E type
models)

CN6A

Indicator
X16

3s IP ink form roller (ON)

OO

CNI2

CN14

Signal
40 Tail clamp position

X56

O O SWI
O O SW2

CN9

CNSA

17 IP blanket jam sensor

SW6

CNI3

,
026,, 2St"
31(1
2

14

CN4

3903
CNIA

ILB
041

12

CN3 CN6

CN3
11-330
15034
17036

C
ep_

B3.16 0248 connector, terminal strip and indicator LED layout (Continued)

No.

Signal

Indicator

Y34

YI

31 2P single lever SOL

Y35

3 Busier

Y3

32 Static eliminator -

Y40

4 Air blower SOL

Y13

33 Jam stopper SOL

Y39

5 IP blanket ckaner pump

Y14

34 IP blanket cleaner valve

Y43

6 2P blanket cleaner pump

Y I5

35 2P blanket cleaner valve

Y44

9 Euchnunatic counter
10 Pump magnet

Indicator

2 Riper Weil SOL

36
37 Double shed delliwtor SOL

fJl

Signal

30 IP single lever SOL

No.

Y6

OL I Delivery stack table IM`la SOL

t IP selection LED

Y5
Y17

Y16

Y37

38
39
411

12 Spray valve

Y4

41 IP damp. fountain motor

Y41

13 Stan LED

Y2

42 2P damp. fountain motor

Y42

43

14
15 IP damp. ducky SOL

Y7A

16 2P damp. ductor SOL

YXA

17 IP ink ductiw SOL

Y9A

Ill 2P ink doctor SOL

YIOA

19
20
21
22 Rotate forward

Y26

23 Rotate reverw

Y27

24 Inching

Y2$

25 Constant speed

Y29

26 IP PB pressure SOL

Y30

27 IP impression SOL

Y31

211 2P PB pressure SOL

Y32

29 2P impression SOL

Y33

44

C248-SF Electrical Part


Configurations
This appendix provides illustrations and information about the
electrical part configurations of the 0248-SF.

Contents
Cl

C248-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side) ............................................

C2

C248-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side) ........................................

C3

C248-SF Electrical Parts Connection Diagrams................................................


C3.1

200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram........................................................................

C3.2 380 - 415 VAC wiring diagram............................................................................


C3.3

Control box wiring diagram I ..........................................................................

C3.4 Control box wiring diagram 2..............................................................................

C3.5 C248-SF connection input No. 1 .....................................................................


C3.6 C248-SF connection input No. 2 .........................................................................

C3.7 C248-SF connection input No. 3 .........................................................................


C3.8 C248-SF connection input No. 4 .........................................................................
C3.9

C248-SF connection input No. 5 .....................................................................

C3.10 C248-SF connection input No. 6 .......................................................................


C3.11 C248-SF connection output No. 1 .....................................................................
C3.12 C248-SF connection output No. 2 .....................................................................

C3.13 C248-SF connection output No. 3 .....................................................................

C3.14 C248-SF connection output No. 4 .....................................................................


C3.15.1 C248E-SF iampening fountain motor connections ........................................

C3.15.2 C248L-SF, C248EX-SF dampening fountain motor


connections....................................................................................................................
C248-SF connector, term. strip and ind. LED layout

153

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C248-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)

C -I

C248-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)

No.

Description

Feeder panel

E51-8I-2C-3

IP blanket jam sensor (light sensor)

E26-73-3

Center panel

E51-82-2C-3

2P PB pressure solenoid

609-32-3

E51-83-2D-3

(ti

2P impression solenoid

609-32-3

Inverter (1200V)

E46-28-02-3

2P S.L. solenoid

609-02-05-3

0 Pump

E01-128-3

2P dampening duct solenoid

609-25-3

E09-32-3

2P dampening form check limit

El 0-52-3

E09-32-3

2P inking form check limit

El 0-52-3

IP S.L. solenoid

E09-02-05-3

2P plate cylinder positioning sensor

E26-75-3

0 1P dampening duct solenoid

E09-25-3

Double sheet detector limit

E10-46-01-3

Handle cover limit

E10-29-3

Description

No.

Delivery OP-S panel

C) IP PB pressure solenoid
C) IP impression solenoid

Part No.

Part No.

to 1P dampening form check limit

E10-52-3

(j) IP inking form check limit

E10-52-3

IP OP-S cover limit

E10-30-3

1P plate cylinder positioning sensor

E26-75-3

2P OP-S cover limit

E10-30-3

a Delivery stack table lower solenoid

609-25-3

OP-S center window cover limit

E10-30-3

Inverter (38W415 VAC)

E46-28-05-3

Pump motor (380 VAC)

E0I-91-01-3

Pump motor (415 VAC)

E0I-95-01-3

(g)
0

1(::4::.;esreyn.ztoarlk height detection sensor

E26-84-02-3

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C2

C248-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side)

Ntk

Description

Part No.

DeliveryceeNOP-S panel (without blanket

E51-84-2D-3

0 Inching panel

E51-85-1C-3

Main motor (200 VAC)

E60-06-3

Double sheet detector limit (emitter)

E26-68-3

C) Double sheet detector limit (light sensor)

E26-69-3

Jam stopper solenoid

E09-29-3

0 IP ink duct solenoid

E09-25-3

C) 1P blanket jam sensor (emitter)

E26-72-3

C 2P ink duct solenoid

E09-25-3

G 2P blanket jam sensor (emitter)

E26-74-3

0 Reference position sensor

E26-75-3

CO Pulse sensor

E26-83-3

03(' Spray valve

E09-42-0 l -3

Fluorescent lamp

el CD jam limit
CO Delivery stack height detection sensor

Deliverystack table lower limit


reed SW Itch

E24-11-1A-3
E10-38-3
E26-84-01-3
E10-12-3

No.

Description

Part No.

ei Feed stack raise stop limit

E10-29-3

0 Gripper positioning check limit

E10-29-3

0 Feed stack table upper limit

E-I01-21

sl Feed stack table lower limit

E01-20-3

il Feeder head safety limit

El 0,38-3

0 IP dampening fountain motor


2P dampening fountain motor
1P dampener cover limit
1P inking section cover limit
K IP M-S cover limit

go

Impression cylinder cover limit

0 2P inking section cover limit

E01-120-3
E01-120-3
El 0-29-3
El 0-29-3
E10-30-3
E10-29-3
E10-29-3

@ 2P M-S cover limit

E10-30-3

@ CD cover limit

E10-29-3

E09-25-3

Air blower solenoid

0 2P upper cover limit

E10-29-3

0 Step-down transformer (380/415 VAC)

E53-71-3

(g) Main motor (380/415 VAC)

E60-07-3

E10-14-3

Feed stack table drive motor (380 VAC)

E01-92-3

d Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (50 Hz)

E20-10-3

@ Feed stack table drive motor (415 VAC)

E0I-96-3

w Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (60 Hz)

E20-11-3

0 Buzzer

E03-34-3

j Delivery stack table lower limit magnet

ei4 Anti-static transformer

E I 1-01-05-3

..4 Anti-static bar

El 1-02-01-7

0 Feed stack table drive motor (200 VAC)


,..: Clutch solenoid
Feeder solenoid
0 Take-up solenoid
vi, Gripper unclamp solenoid
, Feed stack height detection sensor

E-101-38
E-101-44
E-101-48
E-101-48
E09-52-3
E26-75-3

Delivery NOP-S panel (without


blanket cleaner)

Control box (1200 V, with blanket cleaner) t4"646.05:11::33F, ;

0 Control box (T220 V. with blanket cleaner)


,e-- Control box (T380/4I5 V, with blanket
, *I' cleaner)
0

E51-84-4D-3

Sontreor)lbox (T200 V, without blanket

Control box (T220 V, without blanket


cleaner)

4645 2 8- 3(
5 2 F.3 0 mo

E46-05-3E-3 (E)
E46-05-4E-3(E)
846-05-5E-3 (E)
E46-05-4F-3 (EX)

,..,. Control box (T380/415V, without blanket E46-05-6E-3(E)


cleaner)

C3
C248-SF Electrical Connection
Diagrams

C3.1 200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram


30 200 - 220 VAC

FU2 (5A)
_Ca)____
6

R0

9) 57AF
30A
To

LJ LJ

tN7 CN I 6

___022V FU315A)
0

FUI (3A) 229V

V
A

200V,

20V C-.2)

Powe
r 0
board

A
2

203a

CN14
15

8 16V
V
FU4(2A)
w A 3 1;E:l at
A
A
4

MG

ml

024

CNI5

ZI

T2 OV
H

AC200
SOL

oov

R2,

P24

X33
X33
A

CN I 0

CPU board
(Lower)

1/0 board
(Upper)

FU51 I A) A 5 5 A 5 C

V
0
N
MB A6C

[ r t 1 A
Y R Y R YVY
41
42 30 3132 33

5 VDC SW

Shield transformer
TRFI 330 VA
Pump Motor 0.75 kW

""*.r
TEST

-->)(34
-

->G20
Table raise motor 0.2 kW
10

1816

21986

10

11 4 3

11 4 3
Control pack /
Main motor 2.2 kW

Control pack
1.

0
1
V"'

(
N

O
i

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

C3.2 380 - 415 VAC wiring diagram


30 380 - 415 VAC
I

CN7 CN 1

NFB

O A F 3 0 A
R 0 e 1

Fui (5A)

415V 0

FU3 (5A)
0
0________

150 AI Ali
VA
A
2

380V

F U 4

o
L

LJ fd MG

80

CN14

G24

CN15
( 2 A )

CPU board
(Lower)

1 6 V

A3wi

1/0 board
(Upper)
FU5( I A) A 58 A 5 C

2032

SOL
Power
board

OV
A
4

10>x33
6
*x33A

ml

LJ LJLI
Li
AC200
CN I 0

P24

V
N

A68 MC

2031
Shield transformer
TIM 710 VA

fill
( R V
41
(

5 VDC SW

rums supply

Pump Motor 0.75 kW

R S T

6.

FLT-A

Inverter VS-606PC3
U VW
E 10 8 11
9 9 9___________9
VII WII

4' -I' 4'

I I

I I

1
203g 1 .

16245

FLT-C

*34
)G20

9
Table Raise Motor 0.2 kW

10

0
__

r-

1 11 4 3

Control pack 2

Control pack 1
Main rf 2.2 kW

2I 9 8 6

10

1816

(N1

M
I-

1
(N
.I

I0

R V Y Y
42 30 3132 33

1.se

C3.3 Control box wiring diagram 1


IP blanket cleaning
solution pump

2P blanket cleaning
solution pump

DC Motor

DC Motor

Feed stack table


raise/lower motor
0.2 kW

NOP-Side

30 200V - 220V

Inside control box

Limit Switches
(7)

O
re)

CD jam
limit
2P upper
cover

Delivery
ro- \ stack table
t,--.,
w lower limit k:_s)
detect.
a

CD unit

`... cover

(lit)

IP
dampener
cover

IP Iti-S
cover

OPSide
Limit
Switches

Power switch
0

(To

IP upper
COVCf

2P WS
cover

Impression
(.5.) cylinder

0 10

cover

Double
/4Nr shaft
dmixtor

IP LSI

060

IP OP-S

Ak blower
SOL

Bwler

SOL
IP blanket cleaning 2P blanket solution PuluP
cleaning
solution
Sensors
pump
Delivery
Feeder
IP blanket
stack height
(.6paper.
0
3......
0
SCILSOf
UCICCI1
(emitter) ''.." (emitter)
011 sensor
Timing
,.... Paper

w
Foist
0
reference
(.)
senso
sensor
r

2P LS2

2POP-S

(4

-)

Cover

Handle

COVCr

OP-S
center

Solenoid Valves

lamstopper
SOL
Feeder

2P LSI

IP ink
doctor SOL

2P ink
doctor SOL

IP blanket
cleaner air
valve

2P blanket
cleaner air
valve

Fluorescant lamp (100V)

Spray valve

cover

Solenoid Valves
Double
Mixt
deflector
SOL

IP LS2

CONTROL
BOX

IPPB
pressure
SOL

IP
impression
SOL

IP
i
2
(7)
dampening
P s n* lever
SO
doctor SOL
C)

2P
PB
pressure
SOL
IP sing
..
2P
(4) dampening
ductor SOL
0

2P
impression Aes
Q.)
SOL

Delivery
(p) stack table
lower SOL
0

Sensors
Opressure

Paper.
deuxii
sensor
0

(4\

Blanket
jam sensor

/
Anti-static
transformer

3 3
213 33

IPPB
reference
sensor

Inside control box

3P shield
Paper delivery section
OP-S panel
VR
3
33
/

INVERTER

00
Main Motor Pump Motor 1P dampening 2P dampening
2.2 kW
0.75 kW
fountain motor fountain motor
25 W
25 W

Control
pack

Control
pack

(3)

2P PB
pressure
reference
sensor

jam sensor
(light

sensor)

IP
height
blanketDe ...
(light
liverystack sensor)

CV

lever SOL

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Parts Configurations


C3.4 Control box wiring diagram 2
Paper Delivery Unit
OP-S Panel
Feeder panel ON/OFF
Counter LED
0 Counter switch
0 Counter ON/OFF
CN4

Paper Delivery
Unit NOP-S Panel

P2A (3 poles) S2A (3 poles)

Start
Stop

Inching (Forward)

Unit selection

Pump (ON)

(D

Pump (OFF)

Spray ON/OFF

Blanket cleaner

Inching (Reverse)

P2 (15 poles)
S2 (15 poles)

0 Stop
0 Speed VR
O 2P damp. form roller
' ON/OFF/Auto
66 2P ink form roller ON/
' OFF/Auto
(6 IP damp. solution feed
VR
AA 2P damp. solution feed
CN3
'' VR
r,-, IP damp. solution feed
`t" ON/OFF/Auto
ta 2P damp. solution
feed ON/OFF/Auto
47 IP damp. ductor ON/
'-' OFF/Auto
(Q 2P damp. ductor ON/
' OFF/Auto
-- IP ink ductor ON/OFF/
Auto
4,
st-'
6-- 2P ink ductor ON/OFF,
'-' Auto

P3 (9 poles)

S3 (9 poles)

Center Operation
0

ioPFiFPanel
nikAfuotorm

Start
C) Stop

2P impression ON/
' OFF/Dampening
Stop

Inching (Reverse)
Paper feed ON/OFF

(7)

0 1P selection
Head clamp position
C) Tail clamp position
0 Inching (Forward)
@ Inching (Reverse)

P4 (15 poles)

S4 (15 poles)

Inching Panel
0 Inching Forward)
0 Inching (Reverse)

PI (6 poles)

SI (6 poles)

tTROLBOX

Feeder Operation

IP dampening form
2 roller ON/
roller ON/OFF/Auto
IP impression ON!
i)
OFF/Dampening

/1.5m

Inching (Forward)

Pump ON/OFF

)(tact impression ON/

oDoNuZe sheet detect.

LED display LI-L26

FF

P5 (3 poles)
I
S5 (15 poles)

P6 (15 poles) I
S6 (15 poles)

P7 (15 poles)
S7 (15 poles)

C3.5 C248-SF connection input No. 1

0
0

0
0

O
0

I/O Board CNI (Inputs)


Indicator
Signal
IL 1

No.
(X28)
1 1 PLSI
2 G20
(X29)

3 1PLS2
4 G20

(X30)

5 2PLSI
6 G20
7 2PLS2
8 G20

(X31)

_(X32)

-IL2
-IL3
-IL4
-1L5
--

9 Handle cover
10 G20

(X34)
(X47)
(X48)

11 Inverter trip
12 G20
13 OP-S lower cover

IL6
-IL7
--

14 G20
15 OP-S center cover
16 G20
17 1POP-S cover
18 G20

IL8
-IL9

-ILIO
-21 OP-S center window cover
ILI1
22 G20
-(X61) 23 Paper feed stack table upper limit ILI2
124 G20
-19 2POP-S cover
20 G20

Legend
Momentary
0

,--1.) Alternate
0
00

Limit
0 switch

1=IP

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Parts Configurations


C3.6 C248-SF connection input No. 2

I/O Board CNIA (Inputs)


No.

_____0 0

1 Feed stack table lower limit

IL13

(X63)

2 G20
3 Feeder

-IL14

(X64)

4 G20
5 Gripper unclamp check

safety

6 G20
_____0 0

(X40)

(X42)

(X43)

(X44)

No.
18 P20
(X67)

(X68)

IL75
plate cylinder reference sensor
20 G20
--

--

22 2P plate cylinder reference sensor IL76


23 G20

--

24 P20

--

--

25 Spare

IL77

-IL17

26 P20

--

10 IP blanket jam sensor


11 G20

--

12 P20

--

13 Delivery stack height sensor

ILI8

14 G20

--

15 P20

--

16 Feed stack height sensor

IL19

17 G20

--

Legend
00

Indicator
--

19 IP

21 P20

-IL15

Signal

-IL16

limit
7 Feed
stack table upper stop
8 G20
9 P20

I/O Board CNIA (Inputs)


Indicator

Signal

Momentary

0
0 Limit switch

/ Alternate

0 0

0 -

C.

Open collector

C3.7 C248-SF connection input No. 3

I/O Board CN2 (Inputs)


No.
1 CD

jam
2 G20

limit

Signal

Indicator
IL20

I/O Board CN2 (Inputs)

--

No.
22 P20

IL2 I
stack table
Delivery
lower limit det.
-4 G20
3

____0 0

_9

IL30

IL22

6 G20

--

-24 G20
Double
sheet
det.
(mechanic.)
1L31
25

7 IP upper cover

IL23

26 G20

--

8 020

--

27 Feeder M-S cover

ILI1

9 Impression cylinder cover

IL24

28 G20

---

11 2P upper cover

-1L25

29 P20
30 Timing pulse sensor

IL73

12 G20

--

31 G20

--

13 CD cover

IL26

32 P20

--

14 020
15 IP M-S cover

--

33 Paper reference sensor

IL74

IL27

34 020

--

16 G20

--

35 Spare

1L78

17 2P M-S cover

1L28

(X51)

--

36 G20
37 Delivery emitter

--

18 G20

-IL29

38 G20

--

(X52)

19 P20
20Paper detectionsensor

39 IP blanket jam emitter

IL80

21 G20

--

40 G20

--

(X35)

_______

_____0 0

23 Blanket jam sensor

Indicator
--

5 IP dampener cover

10 G20

Legend

Signal

(X36)

(X58)
(X45)

(X46)
(X69)
(X53)
(X66)
(P20)
(X65)

IL79

C
C

0 0

Momentary

O
0

Alternate

O
0
0

0 Limit switch

Open collector

Appendix C

C248-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

C3.8 C248 -SFconnection input No. 4

)7, -

I/O Board CN4 (Inputs)

I/O Board CN3 (Inputs)


(X3)

(X4)

Center Operation Panel

Indicator
IL52

(X1) (X2)

2 Inching (Reverse)

IL53

(X3)

3 IP impression ON

IL33

(X4)

4 IP damp. solution

IL34

m
m
m

(X7)
(X8)
(X21)

No.
Signal
1 Inching (Forward)

(X9)

5 1P damp. form roller Auto IL35

(X10)

6 IP damp. form roller ON

IL36

(X11)

IL37

m
(X15)

(X12)

7 IP ink form roller Auto


8 IP ink form roller ON

(X16)

(X23)

_______

(X24)

Delivery NOP-Side Panel

IL38

9 Head clamp position


10 Tail clampposition

1L39

11 2P impression ON

IL41

12 2P damp. solution

IL42

13 Stop

IL44

14 Stop

---

(X25)

15 G20
16 1P selection

(Y16)

17 IP selection LED

OL II

18 P24

--

(X71B)

No.
Signal
I Blanket cleaner
2 Start

3 Inching (Forward) 1L52


4 Inching (Reverse) IL53

(X22)
(X71)

1L40

1e)

___OHO

(X71A)
(Y2)
(VSR)

IL43

Legend
0

Momentary

00 Alternate
0

0
O

6'0 Limit switch

1
1===,

Indicator
1L46
IL49

Open collector

5 Pump (ON)

IL50

6 Pump (OFF)

IL51

7 IP unit select
8 2Punit select

IL47
IL48

9
10 Stop

IL45
IL44

11 Stop

--

12 Start LED

--

13 Spray

OL12

14 P24

--

15 G20

--

C3.9 C248-SF connection input No. 5

I/0 Board CN5 (Inputs)


No.
Signal
Indicator
1 Start
IL49
2 Inching (Forward)
IL52
3 Inching (Reverse)
IL53

a.
C.)

c
CJi

0
0

4 Paper feed (Cont.)


5 Paper feed (Single)
6 Pump (ON)
7 Pump (OFF)
8 Auto-Impression ON
9at
sheet
Paper feed double
detection
10 Stop

00
00
Legend

7)

a.)

0
0

IL60
IL50
IL51
IL57
IL58

11 Start LED

IL44
--

12 Feed stack table raise SW

IL54

13 Feed stack table stop SW


IL56
-14
P24
6=0 Limit switch
0,..-13 Alternate
-15 G20
(X3)
O
1.,
01L55
16 Feed stack table lower SW
(X4)
17 0Feedstack table lower SW
--18
(X7
-19
(X8)
(Y2)
(X26)
(DN)
20
(UP
(STL
(STP)
(X7IB)
(X2)

Momentary
0
0
0
0

IL59

Open collector

I/O Board CN7 (Inputs)


No.
Signal
Indicator
IL52
1 Inching
(Forward)

17)
on
C
C.)

r Cr

_____0 0
_____0 0

(X3)

2 Inching (Reverse)

IL53

3 020

--

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Part Configrations

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

C3.10 C248- SF connection input No. 6

I/O Board CN6 (Inputs)

20 IP ink ductor (ON)


OL17
______0
0
21 2P ink ductor (Auto)
OL18
__(X20)
22 2P ink ductor (ON)
OL18 (X37)
23 G20
-____0-0
(X38)
24 G24
-(X70)

_____0 0

( I DAM)
(2DAM)

I/O Board CN6 (Inputs)


No.
Signal
1 2P damp. form roller (Auto)
2 2P damp. form roller (ON)
3 2P ink formroller (Auto)

IL67

4 2P ink form roller (ON)


IL68
5 1P fountain solution feed (ON) IL63

(Y7)

6 2P fountain solution feed (ON) IL64


7 Counter

IL69

8 Paper feed (Cont.)

IL59

9 Paper feed (Single)

IL60

10 Stop

_0 0

(Y7A)
(Y8)
(Y8A)
(Y9)
(Y9A)
(Y10)
(YIOA)

IL44

11 1P fountain solution feed (Auto) IL71


12 2P fountain
feed
IL72
solution
(Auto)
13 Paper feed (ON)
IL59
14 Paper feed (OFF)

IL60

Legend
0

Indicator
IL65
IL66

Delivery OP-S Pane

Delivery OP-S Panel

Indicator
No.
Signal
15 1P damp. ductor (Auto) OL15
(X17)
16 IP damp. ductor (ON)
OLI5
___________O
17 2P damp. ductor (Auto)
OL16
____________(X18)
18 2P damp. ductor (ON) OL16
0
(X19)
19 1P ink ductor (Auto)
OL17

Momentary

0/0

Alternate

0
0

0
0 Limit switch

Open collector

C3.11 C248-SF connection output No. 1

I/O Board CN8 (DC Outputs)


Indicator
No.
Signal
-1 P24
2 Delivery stack table lower SOL OL1
-3 P24
4 Feed stack table raise magnet OL7
-5 P24
6 Feed stack table lower magnet OL8
-7 P24
8 Pump magnet

OLIO

9 P24

--

10 IP damp. ductor SOL

OL15

11 P24

-OL16

12 2P damp. ductor SOL

DO Board CN9 (DC Outputs)


(Y6)

(YI I)

(Y12)

(Y17)

(Y7A)

(Y8A)

No.
Signal
1 P24
2
Paper feed SOL
3 P24

Indicator
-OL2

(Y1 )

--

4 Press buzzer

OL3

5 P24
6 Air blower SOL

--

(Y3)

OL4

(Y13)

7 P24
-8
OL5
1 P blanket cleaner pump
9 P24

(Y14)

--

10 2P blanket cleaner pump OL6


11 P24
-OL17
12 IP ink ductor SOL
13 P24

--

14 2P ink ductor SOL

OL18

15 P24

--

16 Count Signal

OL 19

YIOA)

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Part Configrations

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

C3.12 C248-SF connection output No. 2

1/0 Board CN10 (Outputs)


Indicator
-2_ Electromagnetic counter 0I 9
3
thermal
IL32
Pump
4 G20
--

No.
1 P24

No.
Signal
1 1P PB pressure SOL
(Y5)
(X33)

9 MO VAC_

(YII)

4 200 VAC

3 1P impression SOL

5 Damp. fountain starter 1 OL43


6
starter OL43
Damp. fountain
1
7 Damp. fountain starter 2 OL44

(Y23)

OL44

(Y25)

OL41

(Y41)

OL42

(Y42)

9 1P single lever SOL


10 200 VAC

-OL26

( I HSOL)

11 2P single lever SOL


12 200 VAC

OL27

(11SOL)

OL28
OL29

(2HSOL)

starter
Damp. fountain
2
9 1P
motor
damp. fountain
10 2P damp. fountainmotor
11 200 VAC
12 IP PB
13

test SW
pressure

IP impression test SW
14 2P PB
test SW
pressure
15
2P impression test SW
16

(Y22)

Snood
control
[rack

(Y24)
SpLcd

(21SOL)

control

5 2P PB pressure SOL
6 200 VAC
7 2P impression SOL
8 200 VAC

13 Static eliminator
14 200 VAC
15
16

17

17

18

18

19
20

1/0 Board CN11 (AC Outputs)

Signal

Indicator
OL26

(Y30)

-OL27

(Y31)

--

OL28

--

OL29

--

OL30

--

OL31

--

OL32

--

(Y32)

(Y33)

(Y34)

(Y35)

Y40)
E.L

C3.13 C248-SF connection output No. 3

110 Board CN12 (AC Outputs)


No.
Signal
1 Jam
SOL
stopper
2 200 VAC

Indicator
OL33
--

1/0 Board CN12 (AC Outputs)

3 IP blanket cleaner air valve OL34


4 200 VAC
-5 2P blanket cleaner air
valve OL35
-6 200 VAC

(Y39)

(Y43)

7 Paper feed SOL

Of

co

OL36
-8 200 VAC
9 Double sheet deflector SOL OL37
-10 200 VAC
11 Clutch SOL
OL38
12 200 VAC
13 Take-up SOL

-OL39

14 200 VAC

--

(Y44)

(Y36)

(Y37)

(Y38)
(Y45)

No.
Signal
15 Spare
16 Spare
17 Spray valve
18 200 VAC

Indicator
OL40
-OL41

19
20

----

21
22

---

(Y4)

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Part Configrations

C248-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

C3.14 C248-SF connection output No. 4

110 Board CN16

110 Board CN13


No.
Signal
1 Rotate forward

Indicator
OL22

2 Rotate reverse

OL23

3 Inching

OL24

4 Constant speed

OL25

5 COM

OL26

--

1/0 Board CN14


No.
1

Indicator
--

--

Signal

1/0 Board CN15


No.
1

P24

Signal

Indicator
--

G24

--

P20

--

G20

--

No.
1 P20

(Y 2 6 )

Y 2 9 )
COM)

INVERTER

Indicator

--

(P20)

3 020

--

(P20)

4 G20

--

2 P20

Y 2 7 )

Y28)

Signal

--

(020)

-OL21

(020)

7 Double sheet detector reset OL20

(SYC)

5
6 Synchronizing signal
8 Double sheet detection
9 Paper detected
signal
10

IL77
IL29
--

(RES)

(X72)

DOUBLE
SHEET
DETECTOR
BOARD

C3.15.1 C248E-SF dampening motor fountain connections

200 VAC
L__ <

Y4 I

0
VRI
20

E
8

1-2

fir
1-3

0 NO.

MD

je

a". E.
:
.E
e
e
l
low
j s i ue

1-4

1-1

Black

1-3C

Blue

1-11

je

068
Y42
____61)
_______

J.

o
01

90

s'
0

2-2
3

,4

01
0"

VRI
20

E
=

NO.2

White
0
Blue

___%10

ttt

_e White
of

2-3

2-4

QM

2-1_
2-11

2-3C

Blue

(-1

Black
0Yellow
0

Blue
Blue

B3.15.2 C248L-SF, C248EX-SF dampening motor fountain connections


5k0

I0 VR3 ___

Y22B

VR I
20 K f2

Y231__________
Y4 I

5k0

200VAC

1
iv

0_____

01

White
0 Blue

1-3C
0

VR4 Y23

9_____

1-2

NO. I

Black

0
E

1 -3

1 -4

Yellow

1-1

1-11

Blue

3w

Blue

11

5k0

I.

VR5

Y251 ______Y42
____0 0

5k0

06 _____________Y24B
8
VR6 Y25
o10
2

VR I
20 K LI

'11

2-2

White

NO . 2

Blue

2-3

2-4

0 2-1
0"_2-11

2-3C'

fir Black
%Yellow
0

Blue
Blue

fou
nta
in
mo
tor
(2
P)

E
E

Appendix C C248-SF Electrical Part


Configrations

C248-SF Electrical
Connection Diagrams

C3.16 C248-SF connector, term. strip and


ind. LED layout Indicator
No.

Signal

IP LSI

X28

2 IP LS2

X29

3 2P LSI

X30

IL 1

4 2P LS2

X31

5 Handle cover

X32

6 Inverter trip

X34

7 OP-S lower cover

X47

8 OP-S center cover

X48

9 IP OP-S cover

X49

1
0
II

CNI
OP20

3002

IL90
"0010
130012
"0014
016

OP-S center window cover

X53

223%T

1
2
1
3
1
4

Feed stack table upper limit

X61

Feed suck table lower limit

X62

.2,
11.2
271026

Feeder safety

X63

29028

Gripper unclamp check

X64

1
6

Feed stack table raising stop


limit

X40

1
7
1
8
1
9

IP blanket jam sensor

X42
X43

20 CD jam limit

X35

2 Delivery stack table lower limit


1
22 IP dampener cover

X5I

23 IP upper cover

X52

24 Impression cylinder cover

X54

25 2P upper cover

X55

26 CD cover

X56

27 IP NOP-S cover

X57

28 2P NOP-S cover

X36

X58

29 Paper detection sensor

X45

30 Blanket jam sensor

X46

3 Double sheet detection (M)


1
32 Pump thermal

X69

33 IP impression ON

X9

34 IP damp. (oem ON

X10

35 IP damp. form roller (Auto)

X33

36 IP damp. form roller (ON)

X1
1
X12

37 IP ink form roller (Auto)

X13

3
8

X14

IPin

'ler (ON)

CN4

31750036

SW5

CNII
CNIO

00

424446 48
0000
CN2 1141 43 45 47
0 0 0 0
1149005

10
5,
052
(154
55
056
115

90

7058

IL650,
,
670;;61

OL 90
10
IIS
125
135
145
155
165

SW2

SW7

SW3

SW8

SW4

7 0 7072
0

SW1:

Switch
es

SW3: Air blower time (4 sec/graduation, 6


graduations max.)
0P24
21 23 25 27 29
0120
22 24 M

630 6106

CNI2

SW2:Blanket cleaning time (4 sec/graduation,


6 graduations max.)

OL 17e
Ilt
190

11730
07,
25
076
770,.
7 9 0 ' '"
OHO

CN9

CN
14

SWI

SW6

CN13

X50

X44

31.30
1
034

0/. I
20
3
4
SO
6
7
8

504

2P OP-S cover

Feeder paper detection sensor

CN5 CN6

111
CNI A

ILI0

ILI70
0018

Delivery slack height sensor

CNIS
CN3

CNI6
31 53 35
39 41 43

CNSA

CN6A

37

SW4: Dampening
form
rev/graduation)

roller

speed

SW5: Dampening fountain motor acceleration


time (0.5 sec/graduation, 0 for E type
models)
SW6: ink form roller speed (1 revJgraduation)
SW7:

No.

Signal

Indicator

No.

Signal

Indicator

39 Head clamp position

X15

59 Paper feed (ON)

Xi

40 Tail clamp position

X16

60 Paper feed (OFF)

X6

41 2P impression ON

X23

61

42 2P damp. form ON

X24

62

43 IP selection

X25

63 IP fountain solution feed (ON)

X37

44 Stop

X7I

64 2P fountain solution feed (ON)

X38

45 Ink cleaner

X41

65 2P damp. form roller (Auto)

X17

46 Blanket cleaner

XI

E6 2P damp. form roller (ON)

XIII

47 IP unit select

X21

67 2P ink form roller (Auto)

X19

48 2P unit select

X22

49 Start

X2

69 Coma

X39

X7

70 Cancel

X70

71 IP fountain solution feed (Amu)

I DAM

51) Pump (ON)

611 2P ink form roller (ON)

X20

51 Pump (OFF)

X8

52 Inching (Forward)

Xi

72 2P fountain solution feed (Auto)

2DAM

53 Inching (Reverse)

X4

73 Pulse sensor

X65

54 Feed stock table raise SW

UP

74 Paper reference sensor

X66

55 Red stack table lower SW

DN

56 Feed stack table stop SW

STP

57 Auto-impression ON

X26

SR

Paper fadfadat double sheet detection

X27

75

IP plate cylinder reference


sent nor

X67

76

2P plate cylinder reference


sea- nor

X68

77 Double sheet detect sensor

X72

78

(1

C3.16 C248-SF connector, term. strip and ind. LED layout (Continued)

No.

Signal

No.

Signal

Indicator
Y27

24 Inching

Y28

3 BUrter

Y3

25 Constant speed

Y29

4 Air blower SOL

YI3

26 IP PB pressure SOL

Y30

S IP blanket cleaner pump

Y14

27 IP impression SOL

Y3I

6 2P blanket cleaner pump

YI5

28 2P PB pressure SOL

Y32

7 Feed stack raise MG

Yll

29 2P impression SOL

Y33

S Feed stack lower MG

YI2

30 IP single lever SOL

Y34

Y5

31 2P aim* lever SOL

Y35

YI7

32 Static eliminator

Y40

Y16

33 Jam stopper SOL

Y39

Y4

34 IP blanket cleaner valve

Y43

13 Start LED

Y2

35 2P blanket cleaner valve

Y44

14 Feed stack table stop LED

STL

36 Paper feed SOL

Y36

15 IP damp. doctor SOL

Y7A

37 Gripper unclamp SOL

Y37

16 2P damp. doctor SOL

Y8A

38 Clutch SOL

Y38

17 IP ink doctor SOL

Y9A

39 Take-up SOL

Y45

I8 2P ink doctor SOL

YIOA

40

9 Electromagnetic COUnk1
10 Pump magnet

Indicator

23 Route reverse

OL 1 Delivery stack table lower SOL

II

IP selection LED

12 Spray valve

Y6

41 IP damp. fountain motor

Y41

RES

42 2P damp. fountain motor

Y42

21 Synchronizing signal

SYC

43 1P damp. fountain starter

Y22

22 Rotate forward

Y26

44 2P damp. fountain starter

Y24

19
20 Double sheet detector mart

C48 Electrical Part

Configurations
This appendix provides illustrations and
information about the electrical part
configurations of the C48.

Contents
D1

C48 Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)....................................

D2

C48 Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side).................................


D3.1
D3.2

200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram.................................................


380 - 415 VAC wiring diagram.................................................

D3.3

Control box wiring diagram 1 ..................................................

D3.4

Control box wiring diagram 2............................................................

D3.5
D3.6
D3.7

C48 connection input No. 1 .....................................................


C48 connection input No. 2 .....................................................
C48 connection input No. 3 .....................................................

D3.8 C48 connection input No. 4 .....................................................


D3.9 C48 connection input No. 5 .....................................................
D3.10 C48 connection output No. 1 ...................................................

D3.1 1 C48 connection output No. 2 ...................................................


D3.12 C48 connection output No. 3 ...................................................
D3.13 C48 connection output No. 4 ...................................................
D3.14.1 C48E dampening fountain motor connections ........................
D3.14.2 C48L, C48EX dampening fountain motor connections...........
D3.15 C48 connector, term. strip and ind. LED layout ......................

Appendix D C48 Electrical Parts Configurations

Appendix D C48 Electrical Parts Configurations

D2

C48 Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side)

No.

Description

(,-,
`1.'

Delivery NOP-S panel (with blanket


clean-er)

E51-90-1E-3

,,,,
'6'

Delivery NOP-S panel (without blanket


cleaner)

E51-90-1D-3

Main motor (T200V)

E01-113-3

C)

Paper feed solenoid

Part No.

No.

Part No.

Description

c7:3) Anti-static bar

El 1-02-01-8

gi Dampening fountain motor

E01-120-3

0 Dampener cover limit

E09-29-3

it Inking section cover limit

E10-29-3

E09-25-3

CD cover limit

E10-29-3

M-S cover limit


K,Feeder
M-S cover limit

El 0-47-3

Double sheet deflector solenoid

E09-51-3

C)

Paper detection sensor

E26-80-3

Paper detection sensor

E26-80-3

ill) Air blower SOL

C)

Jam stopper solenoid

E09-29-3

4;1) Inverter (T200V)

' ' E10-47-3

Control box (T200 V, with blanket cleaner)

Ink ductor solenoid

E09-25-3

Reference position sensor

E26-75-3

Control box (T220 V, with blanket cleaner)

Pulse sensor

E26-83-3

..il, Control box (T380 V, with blanket cleaner)

Spray valve

E09-42-02-3

K.., Control box (T415 V, with blanket cleaner)

(11)

Fluorescent lamp

E24-11-IA-3

C)

CD jam limit

E10-38-3

,;.,
''

Delivery stack height detection sensor


(emitter)

E26-84-0 I -3

(3

Delivery stack table lower reed switch

El 0-12-3

Delivery stack table magnet

El 0-14-3

Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (50 Hz)

E20-10-3

Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (60 Hz)

E20-11-3

Buzzer

E03-34-3

Double sheet detection limit

El 0-02-3

Blanket jam sensor

E26-74-3

Anti-static transformer

El 1-01-05-3

0)
l

t3i

E09-25-3
E46-28-01-3

E4"6-1E3 (B) E4606-1F-3 (L)


E46-06-2E-3(EX)
E46-06-2F-3 (L,
E46-136'3E'3(E) 846-063F-3 (L)
E 4 64
84

r ::33(r

Control box (T200 V. without blanket


cleaner)

E46-06-5E-3 (E)

ir. Control box (T220 V. without blanket


cleaner)

E46-06-6E-3(E)
E46-06-5F-3(EX)

Control box (T380 V, without blanket


cleaner)

E46-06-7E-3 (E)

(.,-,, Control box (T415 V. without blanket


'44 cleaner)

E46-06-8E-3 (E)

(3 Control box (S220 V, with blanket cleaner)

:46-6-9N Z) 00
E46-06-AE-3 (E)
0 Control box (S240 V. with blanket cleaner)
E46-06-7F-3 (L)

Control box (S220 V, without blanket


a) cleaner)

E46-06-BE-3(E)
E46-06-8F-3(EX)

tri,
'''

E46-06-CE-3 (E)

cleaner)

Control box (S240 V, without blanket

6 Main Motor (T380/415V)

E01-114-3

a Inverter (T380/415V)

E46-28-04-3

D3

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

D3.1 200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram


FU2(5A)
_C)____

30 200 - 220 VAC


7-9 6/- \ 6\ 30wg
____50AFA

V FU3 (5A)
20V

_________ 22

FUI (3A)

220
V
200
R2

)(

ZI
W470 *-

V
A

P24`

QM
0

boar
d
CN5

AC20
0 SOL

--G24

CPU board

T2ov

l _ " FH M G

200V0

X29 )
(29A

TH
I

0 Vo

MI

YY
2021

2031

Shield transformer
TRFI 330 VA

R S T

FLT-

Inverter VS-606PC3
E 10 8 11
9 UVW
9_____________9
Ull VII WII
1
1 11 III
1
'

4'

I. .% I

TEST

--> X47
--> G20

I 6 2 4 5 FLT-C

...1- - 4. - -.
4-( 1 1 1 )
I 2031 I -I- -+ - -I1
V

l i

10

1 11 4 3

Control pack 1 /

Main motor 1.5 kW 1---

5 VDC SW
power supply

Pump Motor 0.75 kW

6 6

In

L___
OP-S panel

1
.

I I

Appendix D

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

C48 Electrical Parts Configurations

D3.2 380 - 415 VAC wiring diagram


30 380 - 415 VAC
I I
I I

I:3/

I
I

Tslif

2 0 V

FIJI (5A)

4I5V 0350V

O
V

!Bo

VA

FU3 (5A)
M 3

P24'

AC200

so-

Al RA
a Power
0 0 V
A2
board
CN15
FU4 (2A)
6V

624

CPU board

01a Ca)12 o

V
14 80

OV

FU5( I A) A 58 A5C

2031

[N1a

G ___
N
D 23 R

Shield transformer
TRFI 380 VA

YY
2021

5 VDC SW
power supply

Pump Motor 0.75 kW

6
R S T

Q..0
TES
T

FLT-A -4(47

Inverter VS-606PC3
U V VI

E 10 8 11

-->G200

6 2 4 5 FLT-C
10

181

010
Control pack 1
CV CV

Main motor 1.5 kW

L___

OP-S panel

D3.3 Control box wiring diagram 1

Bla
nke
30 200 - 220VAC
t
cle
ane

OP-SIDE

Power switch

0 LS2

LSI

Limit Switches

pu
mp

Solenoid Valves
sz" PB pressure

O
SOL

impressio
n SOL

Ssicntle

CONTROL BOX
2

DC
Mo
tor

NOP-SIDE
Limit Switches
OCD jam
limit
`-'-'

r-,

Delivery
stack table
lower limit
detect.

Safet
r,-,
`z.." y
cover

Double
sheet
detectio
n

,.... Delivery
() stack table
lower SOL

Sensors
_
W

Dampenin
g &Kits
SOL

PS
pressure
reference

Delivery
muck height
sensor
(light

sensor I

Solenoid Valves
0

Spray valve

riN Air blow


`,-.'." SOL

,-,

wr )

izj'''

Double
dcsheffetcw,
SOL

Jamstopper
SOL

(7) Ink ductor iN


`2,'
SOL
`,"

Bumf

Blanket
cleane
r
pump

Blanket
cleaning air
valve

paper
detection

C)

fe
Paperfeed
SOL

Sensors
OBlanket
sz-' jam sensor
0

Timing
pulse

Delivery
(.5) stack height .ri \
`2-''
`,-", sensor
(emitter)
0

Feeder
paper
detection
sensor

sensor

Paper
reference
sensor

Paper delivery unit


OP-S panel
VR

Main Motor Pump Motor I P dampening


1.5 kW
0.75 kW
solution motor
25 W

/ /
Anti-static

3
3:1

transformer

3
Inside control Eanel

3P shield
INVERTER

Control
pack

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix D C48 Electrical Parts Configurations


D3.4 Control box wiring diagram 2

Paper Delivery Unit OP-S


CN2

Paper Delivery
0 Start
12) Stop
0 Inching (Forward)
C) Inching (Reverse)
0 Pump (ON)
0 Pump (OFF)
C) Blanket cleaner
0 Spray ON/OFF

SI (15 poles)

PI (15 poles)

CN3

Paper feed panel Single/Cont.


0 Counter LED
8 Counter switch
Counter ON/OFF
0 Stop
0 Speed VR
C) Damp. form roller ON/OFF/Auto
C) Ink form roller ON/OFF/Auto
0 Damp. solution feed VR
@ Damp. solution feed ON/OFF/Auto
CONTROL BOX
0 Damp. ductor ON/OFF/Auto
@ Ink ductor ON/OFF/Auto
0

P2 (6 poles)

1- 1

S2 (6 poles)

P3 (15 poles)

I I

S3 (15 poles)

Center Operation
0

larepsesniionngON/OFF1
Stop

7.4) Plate cylinder positioning"'


(lead edge)
Plate cylinder position0
ing (tail edge)
0 Inching (Forward)
0 Inching (Reverse)
0
0
0
6)

P4 (15 poles)
I
S4 (15 poles)

Feeder Operation Panel

0 Start

0 Stop
0 Inching (Forward)
0 Inching (Reverse)
0 Paper feed Single/Cont.
0 Pump ON/OFF
0 Auto impression ON/OFF
riN Double sheet paper feed
' Stop/Cont.
0

P5 (15 poles)

S5 (15 poles)

D3.5 C48 connection input No. 1

I/O Board CN2 (Inputs)


V

(X1)

No.
Signal
I Blanket cleaner
9 Start switch

Delivery NOP-S Panel

(X2)
(X3)
(X4)

2 Inching (Forward)

IL4
1L5

4
12

--

(Y13A)

15
8

Spray
Spray

0__

IL6

(X4)

6 Inching (Reverse)
2 Impression ON

IL4
IL25

(X25)

7 Dampening solution

IL26

--

8
4 Stop

-IL39

9 Stop

--

5
10 G20

---

(X39A)

--

switch

---

switch

---

16

Legend
Alternate

0 0 Momentary

0
0
0

0 Limit switch

Indicator
IL3

(X3)

No.
Signal
I Inching (Forward)

-1L57

14 P24
7

___O O
_______

0__

-IL39

13 G20
6 Start LED

I/O Board CN5 (Inputs)

IL2
1L3

10 Inching (Reverse)
3 Pump
(ON)
II Pump (OFF)

5 Stop
(Y1)
(P24)

Indicator
IL I

Open collector

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix D C48 Electrical Parts Configurations


D3.6 C48 connection input No. 2
I/O Board CN3 (Inputs)
m

(X1)

m
m
(X5)

(X3)
(X4)

(X6) (X9)
(X10)
Feeder Panel

(X11)

(X39C)
(X39B)

No.
Signal
1 Start switch
12 Inching (Forward)
2 Inching (Reverse)
13
Pump (ON)
3 Pump (OFF)
14 Paper feed (Single)
4 Paper feed (Cont.)
15 Paper feed select at double sheet

Indicator
ILI
IL3
IL4
IL5
IL6
IL9

ILIO
ILl I
ILI 2

16

IL13

6
17

IL14
IL15

7
18 Stop

-IL39

8 Stop
19 G20

--

9 Start LED
20
10
21 P24
11
22

-OL57
------

Legend
0

Momentary

0 -

Alternate
0

67'0 Limit switch

__
C

Open collector

D3.7

C48 connection input No. 3

I/O Board CN4 (Inputs)

(X17)

(X18)
(X19)

O
O

(X20)
(X21)

0
0

(X22)
(X23)

0
0

(X24)

2 Damp. form roller (ON)


12 Damp. form roller(Auto)
3 Ink form roller (ON)
13 Ink form roller (Auto)

IL18
IL19
IL20

4 Damp. solution feed (ON) IL21


14 Damp. solutionfeed (Auto) IL22
5 Counter

IL23

15 Cancel

I/O Board CN4 (Inputs)


(Y5)

No.
Signal
17 Damp. ductor
(Auto)

(Y6)

-OL6

(Y6A)
(G24)

9 Ink ductor (ON)


19 G24

--

10

---

20

--

--

16
7 G20

---

Legend
0

Momentary

0/0

Alternate

00

6=0 Limit switch

IL.10

Indicator
OL5

8 Damp. ductor (ON)


18 Ink ductor (Auto)

(Y5A)

IL24

6
(G20)

Indicator
IL9
IL10
IL17

Delivery OP-Side Panel

Delivery OP-Side Panel

(X9)

No.
Signal
1 Paper feed (Single)
11 Paper feed (Cont.)

Open collector

Appendix D C48 Electrical Parts Configurations

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

170

D3.8 C48 connection input No. 4


I/O Board CN6 (Inputs)
0
0
0
0

(X30)

0
0

I/O Board CN6 (Inputs)

Indicator
IL30

Signal

(X40A)
(X40B)

No.
Signal
21 Dampener cover

(X33)

-1L34

(X40D)

(X34)

6 G20
7 CD jam

26 NOP-S cover
27 CD cover

-IL40

8 G20

--

(X40E)

9
10 G20

----

28 CD cover
29 Feeder NOP-S cover

-IL40

(X40F)
(X40F)

30 Feeder NOP-S cover


31

--

12 G20
13
14 G20

--

(G20)

15
16 G20
17 Handle

--IL39

(X39A)
(X40)

18 Handle
19 OP-S cover

(X40A)

20 OP-S cover

-IL40
-

11

(X39)

1
(X40B)

--____0 0

(G20)
(X52)

(P20)
NV%

22 Dampener cover
23 Inking section cover

-IL40

24 Inking section cover


25 NOP-S cover

-IL40

Momentary

HOAlternate

0______

6 Limit switch

-IL48
-34 G20
35 Double sheet detect. (M) IL52
36 G20

--

37 P20
38 G20
39 Delivery stack table
height sensor (emitter)
40 G20

----

Open collector

0
O

IL40

32 G20
33 Emergency stop

Legend
O

Indicator
IL40

-IL31
4 G20
-5 Delivery stack table lower limit IL33

(X31)

No.
1 LSI
2 G20
3 LS2

--

D3.9 C48 connection input No. 5

I/O Board CN7 (Inputs)


No.
1 P20
(X4I

Legend

2Delivery
stack

heightsensor

4 P20

--

--

6 G20
7 P20

Alternate

No.
16 P20

IL41
--

detection
sensor

I/O Board CN7 (Inputs)

Indicator
--

3 G20

8 Feeder
paper
(X43)
9 G20
1
(5- -0 Momentary
10 P20

(X44)

Signal

(X46

Signal

Indicator
--

17 Paper detection sensor

1L46

18 G20

--

19 P20
20 Pulse sensor

-IL49

--

21 G20

--

-IL43

22 P20

--

23 Paper reference sensor

IL50

24 G20

--

(X49

(X50

-(

11Blanketjam sensor
0
0 12 G20
0
13 P20

IL44

14

1L45

15 G20

--

---

5=0 Limit switch

25 P20
(X51

Open collector

--

26 Plate cylinder reference sensor IL51


27 G20

--

28

--

Appendix D C48 Electrical Part Configrations

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

172

D3.10 C48 connection output No. 1

I/O Board CN9

3 G20
4
5 Rotate forward
6 Rotate reverse

Indicator (COM)
(X47) (FLT-A)
-(G20) (FLT-C) 9
IL47
6 6
-INVERTER
-(Y29)
OL85
(Y30)2
OL86

7 Inching
8 Constant speed

OL87
OL88

No.
I COM

Signal

2 Inverter trip

YO Board CN12 (Inputs)


Signal
No.
I Damp. fountain starter 2
2 Damp. fountain starter 3
3 Damp. fountain starter 3

SPEED
CONTROL
PACK
2

10
CN13

(Y31)3
(Y32)

\./ 7 1
$

Shield

No.
Signal
I Damp. fountain starter I
2
starter
Damp. fountain
3
3E

CN14
Indicator
-OL79
OL77
OL78

TEST

OHO

(SA)
(Y23
)

Legend
00

Momentary

,--1) Alternate

6=0 Limit switch

0-

Indicator
-----

No.
Signal
1 SA
2
Damp. fountain motor
3
Impression SOL
4 PB
SOL
pressure

Indicator
OL80
---

Open collector

D3.11 C48 connection output No. 2

1/0 Board CN15 (AC Outputs)


No.
1

Signal

110 Board CN15 (AC Outputs)

Indicator
--

No.
9S

Signal

Indicator
--

--

21

OL75

--

10 S

--

14
3S
15 Spray

--(Y13)

22
11 S
23 Impression SOL

OL76
-OL77

4S
16 Jam stopper SOL

--

12 S
24 PB

--

(Y14)

13
2S

5S
17 Static eliminator
6S

OL69
OL70

20 Double sheet deflector SOL

OL78

-OL71

Y15)

--

18 Single lever forward/reverse SOL OL72


7S
-OL73
19 Blanket cleaner valve
8S

SOL
pressure

Y16)

YI7)

-OL74

YI8)

1/0 Board CN16 (200 VAC)


No.
1 RIA
2 SA

Signal

Indicator
---

(Y2I)

(Y22)

Appendix D C48 Electrical Part Configrations

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

D3.12 C48 connection output No. 3

1/0 Board CN18 (DC Outputs)

1/0Signal
Board CN17 (DC
Outputs)
No.
Indicator
Signal
1 P24 No.
-- Indicator
1 P24
-9 Buzzer
OL59
7
--2 P24
2 P24
-OL61
10 Damp. ductor SOL
8
-- -3 P24
3 P24
-OL62
11 Ink ductor SOL
9 Pump Mg.
OL84
-4 P24
4 P24
-12 Deliverystacktable lower SOL OL60
10 Electric counter
OL83
-5 P24
5 P24
-OL63
SOL
13 Air blower
11
6 P24
-- -P24 pump
14 Blanket 6cleaner
OL64-12
-7 P24
-15 Paper feed SOL
OL67
8 P24
16

---

(Y3)

(Y5)

(Y6)
(Y25)

(Y26)

(Y4)
SOL

(Y7)

(Y8)

(YII)

D3.13 C248-SF connection output No. 4

2 G20

Indicator
IL29
--

(X29)
(G20)

(X29A)

110 Board CN20


No.
1 P20

Signal

Indicator
--

2 P20

--

3 G20

--

4 020
5

--

7 Double sheet detector reset

OL8 1

8 Double sheet detection

IL53

9 Paper detected signal

IL46

-6 Double sheet detector synchronization OL82

10

--

Double Sheet Detector Board

110 Board CN19

Signal
No.
I Motor thermal

Appendix D C48 Electrical Part Configrations

C48.Electrical Connection Diagrams

D3.14.1 C48E dampening fountain motor connections

200V

Y23
___0 0
______

114.

(-

0210
J

0VR I

20K0 E

1-2

NO. I

of Blue

3
4

1-3
1-4
1-1

0'1

1-3C

Black
"(Yellow
Blue
Blue

Appendix D C48 Electrical Part Configrations

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

D3.14.2 C48L, C48EX dampening fountain motor connections

5k0
5k0

200 VAC

Y23

r < ____________________________0 0__


<

V
R
I

1-2
0

NO. I
1-3
1-4
1-1
11

White

# Blue

1-3C

Black

f if

Yellow

# Blue
sr Blue

3 .2

00

E.

D3.15 C48 connector, term. strip and ind. LED layout

No.

Signal

IL I Blanket cleaner

Indicator
XI

2 Start

X2

3 Inching (Forward)

X3

4 Inching (Reverse)

X4

5 Pump (ON)

X5

6 Pump (OFF)

X6

7 Ink cleaner

X7

X8

9 Paper Iced (Single)

X9

10 Paper feed (Cont.)

X10

I I Feed select at double sheet

XI 1

12 Auto-impression ON

X12

No.

Switches
SWI:
SW2: Blanket
cleaning
time
(4
sec/graduation, 6 graduations max.)
SW3: Air blower time (4 sec/graduation, 6
graduations max.)

15

SW4: Dampening form


rev/gradua-tion)

16

18 Damp form roller (Auto)

X18

19 Ink form roller (ON)

X20

21 Dampening solution feed (ON)

X2I

22 Dampening solution feed (Auto)

X22

23 Counter

X23

24 Cancel
25 Impression ON

roller

speed

(I

SWS: Dampening fountain motor acceleration time


(0.5 sec/graduation, 0 for E type models)
SW6: Ink form roller speed (1
rev/graduation)

X 19

20 Ink form roller (Auto)

X54
x55

56

X56
Y1

58

14

X 17

Indicator

55

OL 57 Start SW LED

13

17 Damp. four roller (ON)

Signal

54

59 Buzzer

Y3

60 Delivery stack table lower SOL

Y4

61 Damp. doctor SOL

Y5

62 Ink doctor SOL

Y6

63 Air bkover SOL

Y7

64 Blanket cleaner pump

Y8

65
66
67 Paper feed SOL

1' I I

68
69 Spray

Y13

71) lam stopper SOL

Y14

71 Static eliminator

Y15

72 Single lever forwaareverse


SOL

Y16

X24

73 Blanket cleaner air valve

Y17

X25

74 Double sheet deflector SOL

Y18

26 Damp. fountain solution

X26

75

27

X27

76

28

X28

77 Impression SOL

Y21

29 Pump thermal

X29

78 PB pressure SOL

Y22

30 LSI

X30

79 Damp fountain motor

Y23

31 LS2

X31

32

X32

SW7:
SW8: Dampening ductor SOL intermittent
opera-

01J0
0 M O
19

34 CD jam

X34

35

'
CN2

36

CN5

38

37

39 Stop

X39

0
D0
Signal
Signal
Indicator
DO
7 6 4 D47 Inverter trip
nOcover
40 Safety
X40
77 0
NO
CNI 23 0
CN.7.0
CNI9
CNIII M 0
CNI7
7 9 48 Emergency stop
41 Delivery
IL20 01stack height sensor X4I
MO
0n 0
49 Pulse sensor
42
2 28
0 0
3 NO
0
50 Paper reference sensor
4 m0
0paper detection sensor X43
43 Feeder
5 nO
0
6510
nO
0 jam sensor
51 Plate cylinder reference sensor
X44
44 Blanket
52
0
340
746
0
m00
530
52 Double sheet
detection
(1t4)
45 PB 8
X45
impression
sensor
MM 9210845758 59 MM 620M6566676t
C NCN16
I 3
016
1 0 0C N 9
m
954
000
4200 0
47
55
37
14
10
SW
53
M
O
X46
detection
sensor
46 Paper
CCN
I1I 2L
50
48
56
,0
45
38
CN2
15
0I
39
NC
S
4II
CN8
N
13
7 6 5 4 3 2$ I7 00
44
000
17

No.

33 Delivery stack table lower limit X33

CN3
CN4
CN6
CN7

n o
no
730
1 4 0No.
750

"g

80

Indicator

81

X47

82

X48

83 Elmtromagnetic counter

Y25

X49

84 Pump magnet

Y26

X50

/15 Rotate. forward

Y29

X51

86 Rotate reverse

Y30

X52

87 Inching

Y31

X53

88 Constant speed

Y32

c
Appe
ndix
D C48

Electri
cal
Part
Config
rations
Electri
cal
Conne
ction
Diagra
ms

C
C

C48-SF Electrical Part

Configurations
This appendix provides illustrations and information
about the electrical part configurations of the C48-

SF.

Contents
E1
181

C48-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side).............................................

E2
182

C48-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side)...........................................

E3
183

C48-SF Electrical Parts Connection Diagrams................................................


E3.1

200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram..................................................................................

183
E3.2 380 - 415

184
E3.3
185
E3.4
186
E3.5
187

VAC wiring diagram.............................................................................

Control box wiring diagram 1 ........................................................................

Control box wiring diagram 2.........................................................................

C48-SF connection input No. 1 .....................................................................

E3.6 C48-SF

connection input No. 2 ..........................................................................

E3.7 C48-SF

connection input No. 3 ..........................................................................

188
189

E3.8 C48-SF

connection input No. 4 ..........................................................................


190
E3.9 C48-SF connection input No. 5 ..........................................................................
191

E3.10 C48-SF connection output No. 1 .....................................................................


192
E3. I 1 C48-SF connection output No. 2 ....................................................................
193

E3.12 C48-SF connection output No. 3 .....................................................................


194

E3.13 C48-SF connection output No. 4 .....................................................................


195
E3.14.1 C48E-SF dampening fountain motor connections ........................................
196

E3.14.2 C48L-SF, C48EX-SF dampening fountain motor


connections ..................................................................................................................
196
E3.15 C48-SF

I97

connector, term. strip and ind. LED layout ..........................................

Appendix E

C48-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C48-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)

El

C48-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (OP-Side)

No.

Description

Part No.

0 Feeder panel

E51-87-2A-3

C) Center panel

E51-88-1A-3

C) Delivery OP-S panel

E51-89-1A-3

C) Pump motor (200/220 V)

E46-28-01-3
E0I-128-3

C) Pump motor (380 V)

E01-91-01-3

C) Pump motor (415 V)

E01-95-01-3

Inverter (T200V)

0 PB pressure solenoid
C) Impression solenoid

E09-32-3
E09-32-3

3 S.L. solenoid

E9-52-3

0 Dampening ductor solenoid

E09-25-3

3 Dampening form check limit

El 0-52-3

3 Ink form check limit

E10-52-3

C) Plate cylinder reference sensor


0 Delivery stack table lower solenoid
Delivery stack height detection sensor
(light sensor)

e Double sheet detection limit

E26-75-3
E9-25-3
626-84-02-3
610-46-01-3

6 Handle cover limit

610-29-3

3 OP-S cover limit

E10-47-3

vi

Inverter (T380/415V)

E46-28-04-3

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

E2

C48-SF Electrical Parts Arrangement (NOP-Side)

No.

Description

Part No.

No.

Delivery NOP-S panel (with blanket cleaner)

651-90-2E-3

Delivery NOP-S panel (without


blanket cleaner)

E51-90-2D-3

Main motor (T200V)

E01-113-3

63\

Double sheet detection sensor (emitter)

626-68-3

C)

Double sheet detection sensor (light sensor)

E26-69-3

Jam stopper solenoid

609-2903

Ink doctor solenoid

E09-25-3

Reference position sensor

E26-75-3

Pulse sensor

E26-83-3

Blanket jam sensor

E26-74-3

Spray valve

E09-42-02-3

Fluorescent lamp

E24- I 1-1 A-3

CD jam limit

E10-38-3

dD
e et el icvt ei or yn ss teancsko rh e( iegmh i tt -

Description
Clutch solenoid

0 Paper feed solenoid

0 Take-up solenoid
Gripper unclamp solenoid

626-75-3

Feed stack table raise stop limit

E10-29-3

0 Gripper position check limit

E10-29-3

0 Feed stack table upper limit

6-101-21

.e, Feed stack table lower limit

E10-20-3

E26-84-0 I -3

0 Feeder head safety limit

610-38-3

0 Dampening fountain motor

E01-120-3

Dampener cover limit

E10-29-3

0 Inking section cover limit

E10-29-3

0 CD cover limit

E10-29-3

0 NOP-S cover limit

610-30-3

El 0-12-3

Delivery stack table lower limit magnet

610-14-3

1, Control box (T200 V, with blanket cleaner)

(2)

Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (50 Hz)

E20-10-3

R3) Control box (T220 V, with blanket cleaner)

Fluorescent lamp stabilizer (60 Hz)

E20-11-3

() Control box (T380 V, with blanket cleaner)

Buzzer

E03-34-3

1) Control box (T415 V, with blanket cleaner)

Anti-static transformer

El 1-01-05-3

Anti-static bar

El 1-02-01-8
table

raise/lower

motor

Feed stack table raise/lower motor (380 V)

601-92-3

Feed stack table raise/lower motor (415 V)

E01-96-3

Control box (1200 V. without blanket cleaner)


Control box (T220 V. without blanket
clean- er)

-,
I'l
6 a

6-101-38

6-101-48
E09-52-3

Delivery stack table lower limit reed switch

Feed stack
(200/220 V)

E-101-48

v. Stack height detection sensor

el

,,,,,
1 6
-'

Part No.
6-101-44

Control box (T380 V, without blanket


clean- CO
e

Control box (T415 V. without blanket


clean- )

0 Main motor (T380/415V)

:46471; 4607.1F-(L)
FE146437:10)m)
)

146437:M3o

:+4=2-33,Eg)
2440

,4E4 (E)

g46.07.6E.3 (E)
E46-0741L3(EX)
5

546.0

-13.3 (E)

.7_,E.3(a)

E0I-114-3

E3 C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams


E3.1 200 - 220 VAC wiring diagram
30 200 - 220 VAC

W96+4

FU2
(5A)

W135AF
22

E R0 q./
To

FU I (3A )
22V

MG

213
33

150

ZI-w
W470401
9

T2
ov
200
V

HI
ml

X2
9
X29
A

V FU3 ( 5A ) _____

20V

OV0

Al

M:)

OA

P24
`

G2
4

VA A2

board
CN 1 5
FU4 (2A)

16V
0 4
Qmit

so. "4

CPU
board

A
4
FU5 (1A ) A58
A5C

V
G ______
N YR

R S T

Inverter VS606PC3
UVW
E 10 8 11
9 9 9__________9 9 9
Uli
WI{
I
. 4' 4'
I

1203E

YY
20
21

TES
T

FLT
1

9o- -FUT >G20

6245

I ).

Table raise motor


0.2 kW

10 2 9I__

E
Control pack

Main motor 1.5.kW


1

rat
e

S VDC
SW power
supply

Shield
transformer
TRFI 380

Pump Motor
0.75 kW

AC2
00
SOL

1__

OP-S panel

1/

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

E3.2 380 - 415 VAC wiring diagram


3o 380 - 415 VAC
iI

FU2
(5A)

A76

I F B

AM

FU I (5A)

380V 0

40bX29

TN
I

20V

R.13(5A)
1:=

15 0 Al AIA
VA
oOV
A
2

80
V
A

MG

203
1

4I5V

To)X29A

P24
`

6V FU4 (2A)
oI Qui o

Power
board
CNI5

CPU board

oV

A
4

FU5 ( I A) A58 A5C

5
V
G _
_
N YR
D 23

2031

Shie d transformer
TRFI 380 VAC

R S T

Pump Motor 0.75 kW


(!)

FLT-A
16-0---)X47

Inverter VS-606PC3
U V W
E 10 8
9 9 9 _______9 9 9
II
UIj v
I ilt

11

1 6 2 4

I
'0. I

2031

5 VDC SW
power
supply

10> X29A
1
0--> G20

TEST

FLT-C

Table raise motor 0.2 kW

1
0

18 16

I I
V 4,

1 11 4 3
o

Control pack 1 /
Main motor 1.5 kW r-

YY
2021

AC20
0 SOL

OP-S panel

N_

1)

E3.3 Control box wiring diagram 1


Blanket cleaner pump
DC Motor
Feed stack table
raise/lower motor
0.2 kW
3
0

NOPSIDE

2
0
0
V

Limit Switches
cr, CD jam
1 1
/4 " limit

Delivery
ri-N
stack titbit
`,3-' lower limit
deleCL

2
2
0
V

Safet
y
cover

Solenoid Valves

tV

.1)

Inside control box

Double
0

Spray valve

ZirZlow

'dcshrector SOL,

imulUMPur

___,
QB)

Boner

Blanket
cleaner

CONTROL BOX

Power switch
2

OPSIDE

Sensors

Limit
Switches
LS I

Sensors
i

r )

Blanket
jam sensor
Timing
pulse

SensOf

Delivery
stack height F..,
`.=, sensor
ws'
(emitter)

,-.),

/
Anti-static
transformer

20

Y.

3
213
Inside control panel

ILS2

Feeder
.paper
&whoa
sensor

C)

INVERTER

3
P
s
h
i
e
l
d

Paper delivery unit


OP-S panel
VR

PB
pressure
SOL

Solenoid Valves'

Impression
SOL

A )

Single lever
SOL

Damp.
doctor SOL

Delivery
stack table
lower SOL

PI:immure
reference
sensor

Delivery
stack
height
sensor
(light
sensor)

Control
pack
21:1

Main Motor Pump Motor IP dampening


1.5 kW
0.75 kW
solution motor
25 W

C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Parts Configurations


E3.4 Control box wiring diagram 2

Paper Delivery Unit OP-S


P1 (15 poles)
SI (15 poles)

Paper Delivery S2 (6 poles)


C)
0
0
0
0
0

Start
Stop
Inching (Forward)
Inching (Reverse)
Pump (ON)
Pump (OFF)
(D Blanket cleaner
0 Spray ON/OFF
0

P2 (6 poles)
CN2 0
0

0
0
CN3
C)

P3 (15 poles)
Paper feed panel Single/Cont.
Counter LED
S3switch
(15 poles)
Counter
Count ON/OFFer
Stop
Speed VR
Damp. form roller ON/OFF/Auto
Ink form roller ON/OFF/Auto
Damp. solution feed VR
(4 Damp. solution feed ON/OFF/Auto
(j) Damp. ductor ON/OFF/Auto
(fg) Ink ductor ON/OFF/Auto
0)

CONTROL BOX

Center Operation

P4 (15 poles)

mImpression ON/OFF/
"!"Dampening
S4 (15 poles)
0Stop
., Plate cylinder positioning (lead edge)
ri)Plate cylinder positioning'
(tail edge)
Inching (Forward)
0Inching (Reverse)
0
0
0
@

P5 (15 poles)

S5 (15 poles)
Feeder Operation Panel
0 Start
0 Stop
0 Inching (Forward)
64 Inching (Reverse)
C) Paper feed Single/Cont.
C) Pump ON/OFF
(D Auto impression ON/OFF
tn, Double sheet paper feed
' Stop/Cont.
0

E3.5 C48-SF connection input No. 1

I/O Board CN2 (Inputs)


No.
Signal
1 Blanket cleaner

(XI)
(X2)

(X3)

(X4)
(X39C)
(G20)
(Y1)
(P24)
___OHO

(Y13)
(Y13A)

Indicator
IL I

9 Start switch

IL2

2 Inching (Forward)

IL3

10 Inching (Reverse)
3
(ON)
Pump
11 Pump (OFF)

IL4
IL5

4 Ink cleaner

IL6
IL7

12 Reserve
5 Stop

IL8
IL39

13 020

--

6 Start LED
14 P24
7
switch
Spray
15
8
switch
Spray
16

I/O Board CN5 (Inputs)


0__
0__
0

(X3)
(X3)
(X25)

No.
Signal
1 Inching (Forward)

Indicator
IL3

IL4
6 Inching (Reverse)
2
IL25
Impression ON
7 Dampening solution feed IL26
3

IL27

8
4 Stop

IL28
IL39

--

9 Stop

--

---

5
10 G20

IL57

---

(X39B)

IL55
--

Legend

0 0

Momentary

0 -

Alternate

00
0

0
0 Limit switch

Open collector

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

E3.6 C48-SF connection input No. 2


UO Board CN3 (Inputs)
No.
Signal
Indicator
I Start switch
IL 1
12 Inching (Forward)
IL3
2 Inching (Reverse)
IL4
13 Pump (ON)
3 Pump (OFF)

1L5
IL6

14 Paper feed (ON)

IL9
ILIO

(X1)
O
(X3)
m
(X4)
(X5)

) (X9)

4 Paper feed (OFF)


15 Double sheet detector (ON) IL11
IL12
5 AutoON
-impression
IL13
16Feedstack tableraiseSW

Feeder Panel

(X12)
(X13)
(X14)

IL14
1L15

m
m
0

7
18

-IL39

(X39C)
(X39B)

--

19 G20

(G20)

--

9 Start LED
LED
20 Feed
stack table stop
10
21 P24

(X11)

6
17Feedstack tablestopSW
Stop
8 Stop

(X6

OL57
OL58
--

11

---

22

--

Legend
0

Momentary

.--1.) Alternate

00

1:

77) Limit switch

Open collector

Delivery OP-Side Panel

(X9)

0
0
O

0
0
0
0
0

(X17)
(Y5A)

(X18)
(X19)

(Y6)

(X20)
(X21)

(Y6A)
(G24)

(X22)
(X23)
(X24)

(G20)

I/O Board CN4 (Inputs)


No.
Signal
1 Paper feed (ON)
11 Paper feed (OFF)
2 Damp. form roller (ON)
12 Damp. form roller(Auto)
3 Ink form roller (ON)
13 Ink form roller(Auto)

Indicator
IL9
IL10
IL17
IL18
IL19
IL20

feed
IL21
4 Damp. solution
(ON)
Damp.
feed
(Auto)
14
1L22
solution
5 Counter
15 Cancel
6
16
7 G20

IL23
IL24
----

Delivery OP-Side Panel

E3.7 C48-SF connection input No. 3

I/O Board CN4 (Inputs)


(Y5)

No.
Signal
17 Damp. ductor (Auto)
8 Damp. ductor (ON)

Indicator
OL5
--

18 Ink ductor (Auto)


9 Ink ductor (ON)
19 G24

OL6
--

10

--

20

--

--

Legend
0

Momentary

../.0 Alternate

=0 Limit switch

Open collector

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Parts Configurations

C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

E3.8 C48-SF connection input No. 4


I/O Board CN6 (Inputs)
0
0
0
0

No.
1 LS1

(X30)
0
(X31)

(X33)

2 G20

--

3 LS2

IL31

4 020

--

8 G20
(X35)

(X36)

(X38)
(X39)
(X39A)
(X40)
(X40A)

Legend
0

--

24 Inking section cover


25 NOP-S cover

--

26 NOP-S cover
27 CD cover

--

(X40E)

28 CD cover
29

--

(X40E)

30

--

31

1L40

32 G20

--

33 Emergency stop
34G20

IL48

(X40F)
(X40F)
(G20)

IL40
IL40
IL40
1L40

13 Feeder safety

IL37

14 G20

--

15 Gripper unclamp check

IL38

16 G20

--

17 Handle

IL39

37P20

--

18 Handle

--

38G20

--

19 OP-S cover

IL40

20 OP-S cover

--

Momentary

___0 0

(G20
)
(X52)

(P20)

35

0
0

--

Double sheet detector (M) IL52


36G20
--

-39 Delivery stack table


height sensor (emitter)
40G20
--

67=10 Limit switch


Alternate

Indicator
IL40
--

Feed stack table upper limit 1L35

No.
Signal
21 Dampener cover
22 Dampener cover
23 Inking section cover

(X40C)
(X40D
)
(X40D

11 Feed stack table lower limit IL36


-12 G20

(X37)

(X40A)
(X40B)
(X40B)
(X40C)

--

10 G20

____0 0

__

5 Delivery stack table lower limit IL33


6 G20
-7 CD jam
IL34

(X34)

I/O Board CN6 (Inputs)

Indicator
IL30

Signal

Open collector

I-

E3.9 C48-SF connection input No. 5

I/O Board CN7 (Inputs)


No.
1 P20
(X41)

(X42)

Legend

____0 0
0

i
K

Signal

(X45)

No.
16 P20

--

2 Delivery stack height sensor

3 G20
4
P20
5 Feed stack height sensor
6 020

IL41

(X46)

--IL42

-7 P20
-8
Feed stack table stop raising limit IL43
(X43)
9 G20
Alternate
0 M om e nt ar y
10 P20
-(X44)

I/O Board CN7 (Inputs)

Indicator

11 Blanket jam sensor


0
12 G20
O

IL44

13 P20

--

14 PB pressure sensor
15
G20

IL45

--

--

(X49)

Signal

17 Paper detection sensor

IL46

18 G20
19 P20

--

20 Pulse sensor

-IL49

21 G20

--

22 P20
0
1

0 Limit switch
=

(X50)

Indicator
--

23 Paper reference sensor

-IL50

Open collector
24 G20

--

25 P20

--

26 Plate cylinder reference sensor IL51


(X5 I)

27 G20

--

28

--

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Part Configrations

C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

E3.10 C48- SF connection output No. 1

No.
I COM

I/O Board CN9


Signal

--

2 Inverter trip

I/O Board CN12 (Inputs)

Indicator (COM)

IL47

3 G20

--

4
5 Rotate forward
6 Rotate reverse

-OL85

7 Inching
8 Constant

OL87
OL88

No.
Signal
1 Damp. fountain starter 2

(X47)

(FLT-A)

(G20)

(FLT-C)

SPEED
CONTROL
PACK

6
INVERTER

(Y29)

speed

OL80

2 Damp. fountain starter 3

--

3 Damp. fountain starter 3

--

10

OL86
(Y30)

Indicator

CN13

No.
Signal
1 Damp. fountain starter 1

(Y32)

OL80

starter
Damp. fountain
3
3E

---

--

2
Shield

Indicator

CN14
(SA)
(Y23)
TEST
0 0

No.
1 SA

Signal

2 Damp. fountain motor


3
Impression SOL
4 PB
SOL
pressure

Legend
0 0

Momentary

0,--

"0 Alternate
0
0

0 Limit switch

Open collector

Indicator
- -OL79
OL77
OL78

E3.11 C48-SF connection output No. 2

110 Board CN15 (AC Outputs)


No.
Signal
1S
13 Paper feed SOL
2S

Indicator
-OL67

I/0 Board CN15 (AC Outputs)


No.
9S
(Y11)

Signal

Indicator
--

21 Clutch SOL

OL75

--

10 S

--

14
3S
15 Spray

--OL69

22 Take-up SOL
11 S

OL76
--

(YI3)

23

OL77

4S
16 Jam stopper SOL

-OL70

(Y14)

5S
Static eliminator
17
6S
18
Single lever forward/reverse SOL
7S
19 Blanket cleaner
valve

SOL
24 PB
pressure

-OL71
-OL72
-OL73

(Y17)

8S
20 Gripper unclamp SOL

-OL74

(Y18)

Impression SOL
12 S

-OL78

(Y15)

(Y16)

I/O Board CN16 (200 VAC)


No.
1 RIA
2 SA

Signal

(Y2I)

Indicator
---

(Y22)

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Part Configrations

C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

E3.12 C48-SF connection output No. 3

1/0 Board CN18 (DC Outputs)

I/O Board CN17 (DC Outputs)


Signal
Indicator
No.
-1 P24
7 Feed stack table raise Mg. OL65

No.
1 P24
9 Buzzer

(Y9)

2 P24
8 Feed stack table lower Mg.
3 P24
9
Pump Mg.
4 P24
10 Electriccounter

-OL66
-OL84

(Y25)

-OL83

(Y26)

5 P24
11
6 P24
12

-----

2 P24
10
Damp. ductor SOL
3 P24
11 Ink ductor SOL

(Y10)

4 P24
12 Delivery stack table lower SOL
5 P24

SOL

13 Air blower SOL


6 P24
14 Blanket
cleaner pump
7 P24
15
8 P24
16
S

Signal

Indicator
-OL59

(Y3)

-OL61

(Y5)

-OL62

(Y6)

-OL60
-OL63
-OL64
-----

(Y4)

(Y7)

(Y8)

E3.13 C48-SF connection output No. 4

110
I/OBoard
BoardCN19
CN20

No.
Signal
No.
Signal
I P20
1 Motor thermal
2 P20
2 G20
3 G20
4 G20
5

Indicator (X29)
Indicator
IL29
-- (G20)
-----OL82

6 Double
detector
sheet
synchronization
7Doublesheet detector reset
OL81
8
IL53
9Paper detected
IL46
signal
10
--

(X29A)

Appendix E C48-SF Electrical Part Configrations

C48-SF Electrical Connection Diagrams

E3.14.1 C48E-SF dampening fountain motor connections

Y23
--

200 VAC

0_

VR I
20Kr
)

_____0 0
________

010
2

<

0 Blue

NO .
1

1
1

"(While

1 -2

1-3C

"(Black

1-4

"(Yellow

1-1

"(Blue
jor

Blue:

a
3 g
*E
4.)

Appendix D C48 Electrical Part Configrations

C48 Electrical Connection Diagrams

E3.14.2 C48L-SF, C48EX-SF dampening fountain motor connections

5k0
5k0

VR

Y23
<
200 VAC

00

0s
.10

1-2

NO. I
3 1-3 _____
lc I I
1-4
1

0
0"

0
0

1-3C

je

Blue

I
20Kn

,Black

Yellow

3 co

1 -1

0 Blue

1-11

Blue

E3.15 C48-SF connector, term. strip and ind. LED layout


No.

Signal

IL I Blanket cleaner
2 Start

XI
X2

3 Inching (Forward)

X3

4 Inching (Reverse)

X4

5 Pump (ON)

X5

6 Pump (OFF)

X6

7 Ink cleaner

X7

X8

9 Paper feed (ON)

X9

10 Paper feed (OFF)

CNI

Indicator

X10

CN20

X12

13 Feed stack table raise SW

X 13

14 Feed stack table lower SW

X14

15 Feed stack table stop SW

X15

16

X16

17 Damp, form roller (ON)

X17

18 Damp form roller (Auto)

X18

19 Ink form roller (ON)

X 19

20 Ink form roller (Auto)

X20

21 Dampening solution feed (ON)

X21

22 Dampening solution feed (Auto)

X22

23 Counter

X23

24 Cancel

X24

25 Impression ON

X25

26 Damp. fountain solution

X26

27

X27

28

X28

29 Pump thermal

X29

30 LSI

X30

31 LS2

X31

32

2132

33 Delivery stack table lower limit

'

No.

Switches
SWI:

IL I 0
20
30
4 0
50
60
70
80
90
10 0
11 0
12 0

CN3

SW3: Air blower time (4 sec./graduation, 6


graduations max.)
DI. 69
700
71
72
73
74
75
7641
77
70
79
80111

13 0
14-

IS
16
0
17

CN4

18
19
21

o
o
o

CN2

22 0
23
24 (3
25 0
26 0
27
0
28 0
29 0
31 0
32 0
33 0
34 0
35 0
36 0
37 0
38 0
39 0
40 s:.
41
42
43 s'

CN5

CN6

SW2: Blanket cleaning time (4


secJgraduation, 6 graduations max.)

OL81 82 83 84 57 58 596061 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 CN 16
00

CN15

54

X54

55

X55

56

X56

,, OL 57 Start SW LED'

YI
Y2

SW4: Dampening form roller speed (1


revJgradua-tion)

59 Buzzer

Y3

SW5: Dampening fountain motor


acceleration time (0.5 sec./graduation,
0 for E type models)

60 Delivery stack table lower SOL

Y4

61 Damp. ductor SOL .

Y5

62 Ink duchy SOL

Y6

SW6: Ink form roller speed (1 revJgraduation)

63 Air blower SOL

Y7

SW7:

64 Blanket cleaner pump .

Y8

65 Feed slack table raise MG


66 Feed stack table lower MG
CN14

67 Paper feed SOL

YII

68
7

SW
6543210

69 Spray

Y13

70 Jam stopper SOL

Y14

71 Static eliminator

Y15

Single lever forward/reverse


72
SOL
851
8/4

-4 o0

45

CNI 3

73 Blanket cleaner air valve

Y 17

74 Gripper unclamp SOL

Y IR

76 Take-up SOL

CN 12

CN II
CN I 0
CNN

Y16

75 Clutch SOL

47 0
48 0
49 0
50 0
51 0
52 0
53 0
54 0
55 0
56 0

Indicator

58 Feed stack table stop LED

CN7

Signal

53 Double shoal detection (amp) X53

CN9

77 Impre.ssion SOL

Y2l

78 PB pressure SOL

Y22

79 Damp. fountain motor

Y23

80
81 Double sheet detector reset
82

Signal

No.

40 Safety cover.

Indicator
X40

No.

Signal

Indicator

Double sheet detector synchronization

46 Paper detection sensor

X46

83 Electromagnetic counter

Y25

84 Pump magnet

Y26

34 CD jam

X34

41 Delivery stack height sensor

X4I

47 Inverter trip

X47

35 Feed stack table upper limit

X35

42 Feed stack height sensor

X42

48 Emergency stop

X48

85 Rotate forward

Y29

Feed stack table stop raising

X43

49 Pulse sensor

X49

86 Rotate reverse

Y30

50 Paper reference sensor

X50

87 Inching

Y3I

51 Plate cylinder reference sensor

X5I

88 Constant speed

Y32

52 Double sheet detection (M)

X52

36 Feed stack table lower limit


37 Feeder safety
'

X33

CNI 7

CN18

CN2

II Double sheet detection (ON) XII


12 Auto-impression ON

CN19

38 Gripper unclamp check


39 Stop

X36
X37
X38
X39

43

limit

44 Blanket jam sensor

X44

45 PB impression sensor

X45

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen